Brandon Sanderson, Mary Robinette Kowal, Howard Tayler, and Daniel Wells discuss writing techniques in a fast-paced, 15-minute format.
19.19: A Close Reading on Worldbuilding: An Overview and why A Memory Called Empire
Why is worldbuilding is essential in your writing? Today, we answer this question and dive into some working definitions of how we want to talk about it. After the break, we discuss why we chose this book Arkady Martine’s “A Memory Called Empire” and highlight what it does well. We dive into the elements that help make Martine’s worldbuilding so accessible and effective. Thing of the Week: “Fast Car” by Tracy Chapman (think about what it teaches you about POV!)Homework: Pick your favorite fictional worlds and for each write down three defining attributes that establish culture, legal systems, and physical spaces.Here’s a link to buy your copy of “A Memory Called Empire” if you haven’t already:https://bookshop.org/lists/close-readings-season-19Sign up for our newsletter: https://writingexcuses.comCredits: Your hosts for this episode were Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. It was produced by Emma Reynolds, recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.Join Our Writing Community! PatreonInstagramYouTubeFacebookTwitterOur Sponsors:* Check out Acorns: https://acorns.com/wxSupport this podcast at — https://redcircle.com/writing-excuses2130/exclusive-contentAdvertising Inquiries: https://redcircle.com/brandsPrivacy & Opt-Out: https://redcircle.com/privacy
5/12/2024 • 28 minutes, 38 seconds
19.12: A Close Reading on Voice - Red's Perspective - Muscular Prose
Today, we are doing a very close read of Red's opening narration and how Red’s voice communicates both character and world in an effective and efficient way. We read several sections aloud and dive into what each sensory detail is doing. Also Mary Robinette talks about what she thinks is the most effective way to draw your readers attention to something. Thing of the Week: Planet Crafter Homework: Take a sentence from your work in progress and rewrite it to adjust the age of the character to make them a child. Do it again to make them from a different region. And again to give them a different profession.Sign up for our newsletter: https://writingexcuses.comCredits: Your hosts for this episode were Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. It was produced by Emma Reynolds, recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.Join Our Writing Community! PatreonInstagramYouTubeFacebookTwitterOur Sponsors:* Check out Acorns: https://acorns.com/wxSupport this podcast at — https://redcircle.com/writing-excuses2130/exclusive-contentAdvertising Inquiries: https://redcircle.com/brandsPrivacy & Opt-Out: https://redcircle.com/privacy
3/24/2024 • 26 minutes, 37 seconds
18.36: The Soggy Middle Pays the Rent (or, "Stand Alone With Series Potential")
How do you write the middle of a book? How do you end your book? How do you know what to write next? This week, our hosts —who all work as a writers and publishers (and are sometimes teachers and puppeteers and many other things)— talk through how they have written the middle of their books. The middle is where most of the story takes place. How do you keep track of your characters and plot? How do you bring it toward an end, and stick the landing? Well, we’ve got some ideas. And some advice to help you write the middle of your novel. Or short story. Or play. Or really… anything. Homework: Identify the point of the middle where you are delaying because you feel like your character needs to "earn" the cool thing. Where can you cut and where can you turn it into an escalation?Also! Make sure to catch up on Schlock Mercenary if you haven’t already. Our next 3 episodes will dive into the details, and include some spoilers. Thing of the Week: The October Daye Series by Seanan McGuireLiner Notes: Mass Effect 2Credits: Your hosts for this episode were Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. It was produced by Emma Reynolds, recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.Join Our Writing Community! PatreonInstagramYouTubeFacebookTwitterSign up for our newsletter: https://writingexcuses.comOur Sponsors:* Check out HelloFresh: http://hellofresh.comAdvertising Inquiries: https://redcircle.com/brands
9/3/2023 • 26 minutes, 30 seconds
18.31: Getting Personal: Mining Your Life for Themes
In our final episode diving into how and why Dan wrote “Dark One: Forgotten,” talk about how you can take something personal and mine it for fiction. We also tackle the complicated question—Why should you be the one to tell your story? We think about the personal touches that you can add to your writing, and how people can hear when your story is personal. Homework:2 things! 1. Have you watched Criminal Minds? If you haven’t, you should! Next week, we have a special guest—Kirsten Vangsness who plays Penelope Garcia! Explore her other stuff (like her web series and podcast), and get ready for an INCREDIBLE conversation with her. 2. What's the thing in your real life that you keep thinking about when you aren't writing? Can you give that feeling or theme to a character? ALSO, prepare for our next Deep Dive, by reading through Howard Tayler's Schlock Mercenary. And feel free to re-listen to our interview with Howard earlier this year, Thing of the Week:Everything Everywhere all at Once Credits: Your hosts for this episode were Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. It was produced by Emma Reynolds, recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.Join Our Writing Community! PatreonInstagramYouTubeFacebookTwitterSign up for our newsletter: https://writingexcuses.comAdvertising Inquiries: https://redcircle.com/brands
7/30/2023 • 24 minutes, 10 seconds
18.29: Collaboration And Partnership
What are the best practices for collaboration? How do you write in an established intellectual property (IP)? How do you write a new story in an established world? We dive into working with an individual or a group. We hear stories from our hosts about how they have navigated creative endeavors with different types of collaboration.Homework:Grab something on your TBR (to be read) pile and pick a random paragraph from it. Use that as the opening for a short story.Also prepare for our upcoming Deep Dive (starting in two episodes), by reading through Howard Tayler's Schlock Mercenary.Thing of the Week:The Original by Brandon Sanderson and Mary Robinette KowalMentioned Links:Credits: Your hosts for this episode were Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. It was produced by Emma Reynolds, recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.Join Our Writing Community! PatreonInstagramYouTubeFacebookTwitterSign up for our newsletter: https://writingexcuses.comAdvertising Inquiries: https://redcircle.com/brands
7/16/2023 • 30 minutes, 47 seconds
18.18: Launching an Author Newsletter
It's 2023 and people still use email newsletters. For some reason they're more important than ever, so let's talk about building one.
4/30/2023 • 24 minutes, 11 seconds
18.17: Build Your Author Brand, 2023 Edition
An exploration of author branding and the social media tools we use. "Figure out who you are, and then do it on purpose" - Dolly Parton.
4/23/2023 • 26 minutes, 38 seconds
18.16: Deep Dive: Publishing is Hard, by DongWon Song
Publishing is hard. Also, Publishing is Hard is a newsletter from DongWon Song. In this episode we grill them about it.
4/16/2023 • 22 minutes, 32 seconds
18.15: Building a Mystery, Now With More Tools
Back in February, with Episode 18.8, we began exploring the process of writing a mystery story. That episode led us into a series of six episodes about tension, and the tools we use to create and manage it. And now, with this episode (and a toolbox full of tension) we're ready (we hope!) to revisit the creation of mystery stories.
Credits: Your hosts for this episode were Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. It was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
4/9/2023 • 21 minutes, 42 seconds
18.14: Heavy Lifting with Microtension
Let's take all our tension tools and apply them in tiny ways. A big application of tension might be an argument between two characters about a course of plot-important action. Microtension might be those characters arguing about how long to boil eggs.
In this episode we'll explore some favorite applications of microtension, and the ways in which it can be layered to ramp up the larger, plot-focused tension.
Credits: Your hosts for this episode were Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. It was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
4/2/2023 • 17 minutes, 14 seconds
18.13: Finding the Core Conflict
In our ongoing exploration of tension, the time has come to examine conflict. It can be shaped and delivered in numerous ways, but you have to know the core conflict before you can make anybody feel tense about it.
Credits: Your hosts for this episode were Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. It was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
3/26/2023 • 19 minutes, 31 seconds
18.12: The Long Shadow of Unanswered Questions
Our continuing exploration of tension has taken us to a favorite technique: unanswered questions. Sure, this obviously applies to mysteries, but consider the question posed in romances: “will they get together?” In its simplest form, the unanswered question that forces a page-turn is "what happens on the next page?" In this episode we explore how to use unanswered questions to drive tension, and how to avoid some common pitfalls.
Credits: Your hosts for this episode were Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. It was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
3/19/2023 • 21 minutes, 2 seconds
18.11: Turning Up the Contrast With Juxtaposition
Our deconstruction and categorization of tension continues this week with an exploration of Juxtaposition, which is a contrast between two elements that supplies tension by allowing the reader to insert themselves.
Credits: Your hosts for this episode were Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. It was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
3/12/2023 • 20 minutes, 49 seconds
18.10: Anticipation is More Than Just Making Us Wait
Last week we talked about tension, and promised that we'd be breaking it down into more pieces. This week we're discussing one of those pieces: Anticipation. We sub-divided it as follows:
Surprise
Suspense
Humor
Promises
We talk about how to create anticipatory tension well, where the pitfalls are, and how this fits into the creation of our stories.
Credits: Your hosts for this episode were Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. It was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
3/5/2023 • 18 minutes, 15 seconds
18.09: Unpacking the Tension
For the next several episodes we'll be talking about tension. That may seem like a lot of time to spend on just one word, but as we unpack the word 'tension' in this episode you'll see that there is plenty of material to work with.
2/26/2023 • 20 minutes, 40 seconds
18.08: Building a Mystery
After last week's deep dive into The Spare Man we're ready to talk more generally about mysteries, and the tools we use to write them. Obviously we can't cover all of that in just one episode, but don't worry. In upcoming episodes we'll explore more of these tools in detail.
Credits: Your hosts for this episode were Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. It was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
2/19/2023 • 23 minutes, 11 seconds
18.07: Deep Dive into THE SPARE MAN
Spoiler Alert! This week is our deep dive into Mary Robinette Kowal's The Spare Man. It's a sci-fi mystery novel often described as "The Thin Man in space."
Deep dive episodes are necessarily full of spoilers because we ask all kinds of how and why questions specific to the writing of the work in question. If you haven't yet read The Spare Man, you might consider doing that before listening to this episode. We're not the boss of you, but we believe you'll get more out of this episode and the novel if you read the novel first.
Credits: Your hosts for this episode were Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. It was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
2/12/2023 • 32 minutes, 16 seconds
18.06: An Interview With Howard Tayler
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
In this episode we interview Howard Tayler, one of the founding members of the podcast, and the creator of Schlock Mercenary. The first question: how did this twenty-year ride change you? And a later question: what comes next?
Liner Notes: We'll eventually do a deep dive on the final three books of the Schlock Mercenary saga. You can read for free starting here.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
2/5/2023 • 20 minutes, 1 second
18.05: An Interview with Mary Robinette Kowal
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
In this episode Howard Tayler conducts our interview with Mary Robinette Kowal, leading with a wide-open question: "Where did you even?" Mary Robinette talks to us about how she came to the world of writing, and some of the amazing things she picked up along the way.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/29/2023 • 21 minutes, 43 seconds
18.04: An Interview With Dan Wells
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
In this episode Erin Roberts very enthusiastically launches our interview with "OG" Dan Wells with a delightfully difficult question, paraphrased thusly: "is there advice you gave back in the early days that you still stand by today?"
There are lots of other questions, including one about bacon!
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/22/2023 • 21 minutes, 46 seconds
18.03: An Interview With Erin Roberts
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
As we announced in the first episode of the year (and in this press release), DongWon Song and Erin Roberts are joining us as permanent cast members. Today we're conducting an interview with Erin Roberts. She is newer to career writing than any of the rest of us, but her contributions to Writing Excuses have already been invaluable. In this episode we'll learn a bit more about why, and about what Erin will bring to the program going forward.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/15/2023 • 17 minutes, 51 seconds
18.02: An Interview with DongWon Song
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
As we announced in last week's episode (and in this press release), DongWon Song and Erin Roberts are joining us as permanent cast members. In this episode we conduct an interview with DongWon Song, plumbing a few depths, and learning a bit more about what they can teach all of us.
Liner Notes: DongWon Song's newsletter, Publishing is Hard, can be found at publishingishard.com. It's free, but paid subscriptions are available.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/8/2023 • 23 minutes, 35 seconds
18.01: Twenty Twenty-Three, By Way of Introduction
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, DongWon Song, Erin Roberts, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
We begin 2023 with some big changes, and in this episode we'll discuss those, starting with some changes to the core cast. DongWon Song and Erin Roberts are joining us as permanent cast members, and Brandon Sanderson is stepping aside with "emeritus" status.
But the episode isn't just announcements. We each talk about where we are career-wise, what we're working on, and what we're excited to bring to the podcast this year.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/1/2023 • 24 minutes, 21 seconds
17.52: The WXR 2022 Q&A
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, Mary Robinette, and Howard
This Q&A session was recorded before a live audience aboard ship at WXR 2022,
Here are some paraphrasings of the questions our attendees asked:
How do you make your world feel big without infodumping?
How do you balance a sense of progress with an unreliable narrator?
How can I make two magic systems work in the same setting when one is underpowered, and the protagonist uses the weaker one?
Have you ever based characters on yourself, or on people you know?
What does the process of book adaptation look like
Do you have any good convention recommendations?
What are some methods for determining how much scientific detail you go into?
How do you interact with an audience in order to grow it?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
12/25/2022 • 30 minutes, 16 seconds
17.51: Feel The Burn
Your Hosts: Dongwon Song, Piper J. Drake, Peng Shepherd, Marshall Carr, Jr., and Erin Roberts
Let's talk about burnout. It's been a long few years (with some of those years feeling like decades) so this may seem timely, but burnout can happen during otherwise ordinary times. Ignoring it or simply trying to "burn smarter, not harder" can have serious repercussions.
In this episode we talk about why we burn out, how we recognize it, how we deal with it, and how we (eventually) recover from it.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Matthew Drake, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
12/18/2022 • 19 minutes, 7 seconds
17.50: Consistency, Inconsistency, and the Crushing Weight of Expectations
Your Hosts: Howard Tayler, Dongwon Song, and Dan Wells
Thanks to some last-minute schedule changes, we almost didn't have an episode for today. Only three cast members were able to make it to the session, and none of those three had the syllabus. But we forged ahead anyway, and recorded an episode about why we felt it was important to record an episode.
That may sound like one too many layers of meta, but just wait until we add the layers in which this actually applies to writing!
Liner Notes: Dongwon's newsletter is called "Publishing is Hard." Dan's newsletter doesn't have a name, but can be signed up for here.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
12/11/2022 • 22 minutes, 6 seconds
17.49: Bodies Are Magical
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, C.L. Polk, Fran Wilde, and Howard Tayler
Let's put a stake in the ground here: disabilities do not grant magical powers. And yet that exact trope can be found in multiple genres, across multiple mediums. In this episode we talk about why this happens, and how we might better portray the magical awesomeness found in our bodies.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
12/4/2022 • 20 minutes, 11 seconds
17.48: Bodies, Why? (Part III)
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, C.L. Polk, Fran Wilde, and Howard Tayler
Let's talk about pain. It hurts, yes, but we all experience it, so writing about it can be a great point of connection between the writer and the reader.
Also, writing about it can hurt.
Liner Notes: We referenced "No, I'm Fine," by Howard Tayler, and "The Visions Take Their Toll: Disability and the Cost of Magic," by Dominic Parisien
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
11/27/2022 • 26 minutes, 4 seconds
17.47: The Linguistics of Disability
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, C.L. Polk, Fran Wilde, and Howard Tayler
This is the "talking about how to talk about" talk. We begin by reviewing the difference between the medical model and the social model of disability.
Liner Notes: This TikTok provides a nice explanation of the medical and social models of disability. There's also this essay, "The Linguistics of Disability" over at Fireside Fiction.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
11/20/2022 • 20 minutes, 12 seconds
17.46: Monstrous Awakening
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, C.L. Polk, Fran Wilde, and Howard Tayler
Okay, before we start, you have homework: Please take a few minutes to read this essay by Fran Wilde entitled "You Wake Up Monstrous."
That will give you context for our discussion, which is about how body horror and other monstrous-ness is a tool we should be employing with great care.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
11/13/2022 • 18 minutes, 41 seconds
17.45: Bodies, Tech, and Character
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, C.L. Polk, Fran Wilde, and Howard Tayler
Let's talk about technological body-modification! It's a common element in science fiction, but it's also an increasingly important part of the world we're living in right now.
Liner Notes: In this episode we referenced "Happenstance," and Amy Purdy's quickstep from Dancing With The Stars.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
11/6/2022 • 21 minutes, 2 seconds
17.44: Bodies, Why? (Part II: Working Through Disability)
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Fran Wilde, C.L. Polk, and Howard Tayler
Let's talk for a bit about writing while disabled. This can mean anything from scheduling your craft around doctor's appointments, to learning to operate on a limited budget as defined by your body.
You might be asking "I'm not disabled, so how does this pertain to me?" Well... you're not disabled currently. Eventually, as we age, we all experience disability.
Liner Notes: Howard tweeted about his experience at the hand clinic.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/30/2022 • 27 minutes, 9 seconds
17.43: Bodies. Why? (Depicting Disability)
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette and Howard Tayler, with special guests Fran Wilde, C.L. Polk, and William Alexander
Whether or not you're writing from your own experience, depicting disability in fiction is fraught. In this episode we'll talk about some of the dos and don'ts in order to provide you with guidelines for disability depiction.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/23/2022 • 22 minutes, 2 seconds
17.42: Eight Embodied Episodes About Disability
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette and Howard Tayler, with special guests Fran Wilde, C.L. Polk, and William Alexander
For the next eight episodes we'll be talking about bodies, and how they don't all work the same way, and how this can be applied to our writing.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/16/2022 • 23 minutes, 8 seconds
17.41: Picture Books are Books Too, with Special Guest Seth Fishman
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, Dan Wells, Brandon Sanderson, and Howard Tayler, with special guest Seth Fishman
Seth Fishman, author of seven picture books (as well as lots of longer-form stuff), joins us to talk about writing picture books, including some of the business and publication aspects.
No-Context Pull Quote: "Your art is so bad we're going to hire someone to draw badly for you."
Credits: This episode was recorded live by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/9/2022 • 18 minutes, 35 seconds
17.40: Questions & Answers About Structure, with Special Guest Peng Shepherd
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, Dan Wells, Brandon Sanderson, and Howard Tayler, with special guest Peng Shepherd
Peng Shepherd joined us aboard Liberty of the Seas for WXR 2022, and returned with us to the topic of story structures. In this episode we answer questions from our live audience. The questions include:
How do you make sure you've got the right number of plot threads?
How do you spread the structure of a given plot line across multiple books?
How do you avoiding having subplots distract readers from the main plot?
What are some strategies you can use to better align character goals with the overall problem of the story?
Are there clear dos and don'ts with regard to story structure?
How do you prepare or color-code bits for running a role-playing game? More broadly: what organizational tools do you use for story structure?
For the answers, you'll have to give the episode a listen...
Credits: This episode was recorded live by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/2/2022 • 24 minutes, 28 seconds
17.39: Writing Bodies and Intimacy, with K.M. Szpara
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, Dongwon Song, Piper J. Drake, & Howard Tayler, with special guest K. M. Szpara
CONTENT WARNING: this episode is about adult acts and adult bodies, and we won't be using euphemisms.
K.M. Szpara joined us at WXR 2022 for this discussion of writing bodies and intimacy, with a particular focus on which kinds of words to use for things.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr. before a live audience aboard Liberty of the Seas. It was mastered by Alex Jackson.
9/25/2022 • 19 minutes, 18 seconds
17.38: Oh No I Lost The Thread
Your Hosts: Howard Tayler, C.L. Polk, Marshall Carr, Jr., and Mary Robinette Kowal
Oh no! You've put the project down for long enough that you've lost your place in it! Whatever will you do?
For starters, you can listen to this episode. We've been there, and one of us is there right now. We talk about the different problems you're likely facing, and how to overcome them in order to find the thread and get moving again.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
9/18/2022 • 19 minutes, 6 seconds
17.37: Science and Fiction—It’s Not Just Science Fiction
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, and Cady Coleman
The fictional side of science and the scientific side of fiction are part of the discipline of science communication, often called SciComm. In this episode Cady Coleman joins us to talk about how science fiction fits into the field of SciComm, and how the stories we tell can affect the people who read them.
Credits: This episode was recorded before a live audience by Rob Kowal, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
9/11/2022 • 19 minutes, 20 seconds
17.36: Space for Everyone
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, and Cady Coleman
Chemist, USAF Colonel, and NASA Astronaut Cady Coleman joins us to talk about actual travel to actual space, and how that's a thing which is increasingly available to people who are not in the employ of government space agencies. Also, we discuss how the demographics of space travelers are changing, and how this is creating safer space travel for everyone.
Credits: This episode was recorded before a live audience by Rob Kowal, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
9/4/2022 • 19 minutes, 49 seconds
17.35: Nuances of Dialog
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Maurice Broaddus, and Howard Tayler
We wrap up our eight-episode dialog master class with a discussion of nuance, which is difficult to describe in a blurb because it's... well, nuanced. That may sound a bit recursive, but our discussion dives deep into the meta.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
8/28/2022 • 19 minutes, 30 seconds
17.34: Developing Subtext
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Maurice Broaddus, and Howard Tayler
We begin this episode with a quick exploration of the terminology, and what we mean when we say "text," "context," and "subtext." Subtext exists between text and context. It's the information which isn't actually in the text, but which we are able to divine based on the context. And in this episode we talk about how to use context and text to provide subtext to the reader.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
8/21/2022 • 19 minutes, 23 seconds
17.33: Building Tension
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Maurice Broaddus, and Howard Tayler
Tension! In this episode we discuss the ways dialog can build and/or maintain tension, especially when placed in context with the rest of the scene.
Liner Notes: A great article about tension for those who (like Howard) may need a solid working definition -Toward a general psychological model of tension and suspense
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
8/14/2022 • 18 minutes, 43 seconds
17.32: Everything is About Conflict
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Maurice Broaddus, and Howard Tayler
Everything is about conflict? Really? Well, yes. Maybe not in the action-movie sense, but conflict is everywhere, even among people whose goals, objectives, and methodologies are in alignment. This, of course, means that it exists among your cast of characters, and it will inform the way the talk to one another.
Liner Notes: We mentioned this famous Monty Python sketch about wanting to have an argument.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
8/7/2022 • 17 minutes, 40 seconds
17.31: Everyone Has an Agenda
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Maurice Broaddus, and Howard Tayler
We've mentioned "area of intention" earlier in this dialog master class, but now the concept gets the spotlight. If all of your characters have their own agendas, their own areas of intention, then the dialog between them should reflect that.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
7/31/2022 • 20 minutes, 19 seconds
17.30: Know Your Characters
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Maurice Broaddus, and Howard Tayler
How well do you know your characters? Sure, you might know their age, nationality, and perhaps wardrobe, but how well do you know their internal characteristics? Do you know them well enough that you can write dialog that sounds like them? In this episode we discuss how you might approach this problem.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
7/24/2022 • 19 minutes, 46 seconds
17.29: The Job of Dialogue
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Maurice Broaddus, and Howard Tayler
We're back with Maurice Broaddus for the second in our eight-episode mini-master-class on writing dialogue. This time around we're addressing the question of dialogue's "job." What's it for? Why is this particular bit of dialogue in this scene, this chapter, this book?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
7/17/2022 • 20 minutes, 6 seconds
17.28: Keys to Writing Dialog
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Maurice Broaddus, and Howard Tayler
Writer, teacher, and community organizer Maurice Broaddus joins us for an eight-episode mini-master-class on writing dialogue. In this episode he walks us through his three keys: pay attention to how people speak, write in a way that evokes how they speak, and write dialogue that makes individual characters distinctive.
Liner Notes: We mention Descript transcription software in this episode. Here's a link!
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
7/10/2022 • 18 minutes
17.27: Ensembles Behind the Scenes
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Zoraida Cordova, Kaela Rivera, and Howard Tayler
In this, our final "ensemble masterclass" episode, we discuss the nuts-and-bolts, the tips and tricks, the tools of the trade. In short, we talk very specifically about how we do it. Color-coded sticky notes, index cards, spreadsheets, and more...
Liner Notes: Howard's guest story for Dave Kellet's DRIVE compendium is now running online! It's called "History and Haberdashery."
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
7/3/2022 • 19 minutes, 55 seconds
17.26: Hanging Separately
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Zoraida Cordova, Kaela Rivera, and Howard Tayler
Our episode title comes to us across two and a half centuries:
"We must, indeed, all hang together or, most assuredly, we shall all hang separately." —Benjamin Franklin
We've already established that you're planning to write an ensemble. This isn't an episode about the pros and cons of ensembles. No, we're here to talk about how an ensemble story can go wrong, leaving the characters to hang separately rather than hanging together.
Liner Notes: It happened again! We referenced the Ty Franck/Daniel Abraham episode, which we recorded at GenCon Indy several years ago, and again we can't find a link to it.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
6/26/2022 • 18 minutes, 36 seconds
17.25: Archetypes, Ensembles, and Expectations
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Zoraida Cordova, Kaela Rivera, and Howard Tayler
We've talked about making every member of the ensemble meaningful. In this episode we're discussing who, in archetype terms, everybody is. How can archetypes help us get started, how can they help us set reader expectations, and what are the archetype-related pitfalls we need to avoid? And finally, is 'archetype' even the correct term here?
Liner Notes: Here's the "Black Superheroes with Electrical Powers" article.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
6/19/2022 • 20 minutes, 14 seconds
17.24: Ensembles and Genre
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Zoraida Cordova, Kaela Rivera, and Howard Tayler
This week we're talking about how our genre choice influences the structure of our ensemble. How is a heist ensemble different from a superhero team? What happens when the superheroes need to do a heist?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
6/12/2022 • 17 minutes, 9 seconds
17.23: Are We Stronger Together?
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Zoraida Cordova, Kaela Rivera, and Howard Tayler
Sometimes we have to look at our ensemble of characters and ask ourselves what kind of story we're trying to tell? If the story works with a single protagonist and one POV, maybe this isn't an ensemble story after all. If, however, the plot requires a team effort from the heroes, then we need to make sure the necessary team members make it onto the page.
Liner Notes: The "I'm the tin dog" moment is from Doctor Who, S2 E3, "School Reunion." Mickey is speaking. Howard couldn't remember Mickey's name because sometimes Howard is the tin dog.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
6/5/2022 • 21 minutes, 26 seconds
17.22: Establishing the Ensemble
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Zoraida Cordova, Kaela Rivera, and Howard Tayler
Every character in your ensemble needs to matter to the team, or they probably don't belong in the ensemble. Zoraida Cordova leads us into this discussion of how we build our ensembles, how we introduce the characters, and how we ensure that all of them are important to the group.
Liner Notes: The article about Superman's very first line of dialog is here.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
5/29/2022 • 17 minutes, 39 seconds
17.21: Casting Your Story With Character Voice
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Zoraida Cordova, Kaela Rivera, and Howard Tayler
Every member of your ensemble has a reason to be there, but they also have their own voice. Zoraida Cordova joins us for a discussion of how we make our ensemble characters distinct from one another.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
5/22/2022 • 21 minutes, 26 seconds
17.20: Basics of Ensemble Characterization
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Zoraida Cordova, Kaela Rivera, and Howard Tayler
What's the difference between an ensemble story, and a story the has a lot of characters in it? Zoraida Cordova joins us for this episode, kicking off an eight-episode mini-master-class about ensembles. In this episode we discuss what makes ensembles work, and how we distinguish the "pro-protagonist" from the "co-protagonist" as we create character arcs.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
5/15/2022 • 15 minutes, 58 seconds
17.19: Working in a Collaborative Environment
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Brandon Sanderson, and Megan Lloyd
Megan Lloyd returns to the podcast to talk us through the process of creating something in a collaborative environment, whether it's a pair of authors working together, or a dozen people working to write, storyboard, and animate a television series.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
5/8/2022 • 17 minutes, 7 seconds
17.18: How to be Funny, with Jody Lynn Nye
Your Hosts: Dan Wells and Brandon Sanderson, with special guest Jody Lynn Nye
So, you've decided you want something to be funny. How do you go about making that happen? Jody Lynn Nye joined Dan and Brandon at LTUE, and pitched this topic to them. And yes, it's much more than just "delivery, delivery, delivery."
Liner Notes: "It's always more funny when Howard's not here." —Brandon Sanderson at LTUE 2022 (posted here for posterity)
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
5/1/2022 • 17 minutes, 45 seconds
17.17: Writing in the Public Domain
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Brandon Sanderson, and Gama Martinez
Did you know that there are some famous intellectual properties which have entered the public domain, and which you can therefore use to create your own stories? It's true! Gama Martinez (whose God of Neverland novel features Peter Pan) joined Dan and Brandon at LTUE to talk about how cool this is, and (more importantly) what kinds of things authors need to do in order to make sure they're only using the public domain bits of the properties in question.
Liner Notes: Need a list of things that entered the public domain in 2022? Here you go!
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
4/24/2022 • 13 minutes, 21 seconds
17.16: Miscellaneous Structures
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Peng Shepherd, and Howard Tayler
Thus far we've attempted to organize our discussion of sub-, micro-, and other alternative structures with specific categories, but this domain is a lot larger than that. This final episode with our guest host Peng Shepherd has been titled "Miscellaneous Structures" because, y'know, sometimes the last bucket in your row of carefully, taxonomically-labeled buckets needs to be "miscellaneous."
Liner Notes: Howard mentions "LTUE" during the episode. Hey, guess what! The next few episodes following this one were (will have been?) recorded at LTUE!
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
4/17/2022 • 18 minutes, 43 seconds
17.15: Storytelling in the Footnotes
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Peng Shepherd, and Howard Tayler
You probably already know what footnotes are¹, but have you ever seen a story told through the footnotes²? It's similar to the story-within-a-story structure, but there's more to it than that. In this episode our guest host Peng Shepherd explores footnote storytelling³ with us.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
———
¹ This is an example of a footnote.
² This is not an example of footnote storytelling.
³ With the addition of a third footnote, maaaybe there's a beginning, middle, and end, and therefore a story?
4/10/2022 • 21 minutes, 19 seconds
17.14: Structuring for Disordered or Order-less Reading Order
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Peng Shepherd, and Howard Tayler
Guest host Peng Shepherd leads our discussion of "order-less reading order" (after we get past the business of "having too much fun with the episode title"). But what do we even mean by "order-less" or "disordered?" At one level, we mean you can just pick up the story anywhere and start reading. Kind of like TV series prior to the advent of the fully serial series. But kind of unlike it, because how does this work within just one book?
Liner Notes: For good examples of non-order-dependent stories, consider schlockmercenary.com, The Lady Astronaut universe, DISCWORLD, Seventy Maxims (annotated),
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
4/3/2022 • 21 minutes, 18 seconds
17.13: Structuring Around a Thing
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Peng Shepherd, and Howard Tayler
Our exploration of sub- and micro-structures continues with guest host Peng Shepherd. This week we're talking about how a story can be structured around a "thing." The simplest explanatory example would be structuring around a map, which is where we start the episode... kind of like how The Lord of the Rings starts in The Shire.
This episode does not end with even one of us climbing a volcano.
Liner Notes:
Tower of Babel, by Josiah Bancroft
The Storyteller's Tarot Spread
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
3/27/2022 • 19 minutes, 33 seconds
17.12: Structuring a Story Within a Story
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Peng Shepherd, and Howard Tayler
One common structure—both macro and micro—is the "story within a story," or "framing story" structure, and yet somehow we've never really explored it on Writing Excuses. Guest host Peng Shepherd is here to help us set things right.
Liner Notes: Here are some examples of story-within-a-story structure...
Canterbury Tales, by Geoffrey Chaucer
Cloud Atlas, by David Mitchell
Hyperion Cantos, by Dan Simmons
Neverending Story, by Michael Ende
One Thousand and One Nights
Sun the Moon and the Stars, by Stephen Brust
Ten Thousand Doors of January, by Alix E. Harrow
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
3/20/2022 • 20 minutes, 43 seconds
17.11: Structuring with Multiple Timelines
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Peng Shepherd, and Howard Tayler
Guest host Peng Shepherd continues to lead our exploration of sub- and micro-structures by taking us into the scaffolding of in media res, flashbacks, and other tools for structuring a story by telling it out of chronological order. We also cover how to do this without breaking the flow of the story.
Liner Notes: The "trousers of time" book Howard referenced was Jingo, by Terry Pratchett.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
3/13/2022 • 19 minutes, 54 seconds
17.10: Structuring with Multiple POVs
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Peng Shepherd, and Howard Tayler
In our second micro-structure episode, Peng Shepherd leads us into an exploration of the ways in which the use of multiple point-of-view characters can create a framework within the larger framework of the story.
Liner Notes: In one example we contrasted the single POV Killing Floor, by Lee Childs with its multiple-POV TV adaptation in season 1 of Reacher.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
3/6/2022 • 18 minutes, 12 seconds
17.9: Let’s Talk About Structure
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Mary Robinette Kowal, Peng Shepherd, and Howard Tayler
We're beginning another eight-episode deep-dive series, and this time it's a fresh approach to story structure, led by our guest host Peng Shepherd.
Join us as we zoom right through the overarching frameworks defined via things like the Hero's Journey, Freytag’s Triangle, Save The Cat, and Seven Point Story Structure to look at the microstructures which both define and obscure these general narrative shapes.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
2/27/2022 • 17 minutes, 48 seconds
17.8: The Alchemy of Creativity
Your Hosts: Howard Tayler, Kaela Rivera, Sandra Tayler, and Megan Lloyd
How do you translate things from the spark of inspiration into a work that someone else can consume? Like, instead of turning a movie into a book, you're trying to create a book out of the movie in your head. And what if your "spark" isn't a movie in your head, but instead a suite of emotions?
In this episode we discuss how we do it. That might not answer the question for you, but hopefully it's a good start. Alchemy is pretty magical, after all.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
2/20/2022 • 20 minutes, 15 seconds
17.7: Dissecting Influence
Your Hosts: Howard Tayler, Kaela Rivera, Sandra Tayler, and Megan Lloyd
What are your influences? What pieces of art, music, literature, or other media have inspired you? In this episode we'll talk about making that inspiration deliberate, and consciously learning from our influences.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
2/13/2022 • 19 minutes, 39 seconds
17.6: Hitting Reset Without Getting Hit Back
Your Hosts: Howard Tayler, Kaela Rivera, Sandra Tayler, and Megan Lloyd
Oh no! You're in the middle of a thing (a novel, a series, a career) and you suddenly realize that the expectations you set early on are not the expectations you'll be meeting. What do you do now? ,
We're talking about how go about resetting audience expectations, whether mid-story, mid-series, or mid-career, including some strategies for communicating “everything is changing now, forget what you know” without making the audience feel like they've been betrayed.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
2/6/2022 • 21 minutes, 1 second
17.5: The Promise of the Brand
Your Hosts: Howard Tayler, Kaela Rivera, Sandra Tayler, and Megan Lloyd
Your brand—your name, the cover art for your book, and even the typeface for the title—set expectations for the book's contents. That advice about not judging a book by its cover? It's lovely in theory, but in practice, that's just not how it works.
In this episode we'll talk about how your brand gets defined, and how you can work with those elements to correctly set expectations regarding your work.
Liner Notes: We've done several episodes about branding. 14.34 is particularly good.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/30/2022 • 23 minutes, 55 seconds
17.4: The Gun on the Mantel is Actually a Fish
Your Hosts: Howard Tayler, Kaela Rivera, Sandra Tayler, and Megan Lloyd
In the previous episode we discussed how to ensure that your surprise feels inevitable. In this episode we're covering how to make inevitability feel surprising. The title is a nod to the concept of the "red herring," which is arguably the most useful tool for setting up a good surprise.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
Your Hosts: Howard Tayler, Kaela Rivera, Sandra Tayler, and Megan Lloyd
This week we're talking about giving inevitability to our intended surprise, and we open with a discussion of Chekov's Gun, which, as a writing rule, is mostly used in inversion.
Next week we'll focus on making inevitable things surprising.
Liner Notes: Art and Editing of Suicide Squad (YouTube)
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/16/2022 • 20 minutes, 9 seconds
17.2: It Was a Promise of Three Parts
Your Hosts: Howard Tayler, Kaela Rivera, Sandra Tayler, and Megan Lloyd
The title of this episode comes to us from the first paragraph of The Name of the Wind, by Patrick Rothfuss—a novel which delights us with turns of phrase and evocative prose from beginning to end.
We're continuing our exploration of "promises as a structure" by looking at the promises made by the prose of your first line, first paragraph, and first page. What does your first line say about the rest of your book? Did you mean for it to say that? Is your first line writing checks that your later chapters can actually cash?
Liner Notes: We did an eight-episode master class on first lines, pages, and paragraphs with DongWon Song. It begins with 16.27.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/9/2022 • 20 minutes, 32 seconds
17.1: Genre and Media are Promises
Your Hosts: Howard Tayler, Kaela Rivera, Sandra Tayler, and Megan Lloyd
The genre of your story is making promises to the reader, and the medium upon which your story is told makes promises too.
In this episode we talk about the expectations set by various mediums and genres, and how we can leverage those to ensure that we deliver a satisfying story.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes: The entirety of Season 11, The Elemental Genres, is a deep-dive on this stuff.
1/2/2022 • 19 minutes, 7 seconds
16.52: Structure is a Promise
Your Hosts: Howard Tayler, Kaela Rivera, Sandra Tayler, and Megan Lloyd
The structure you're using for your story isn't just helping you organize your plotting. It's telling the audience what's going to happen. Story structures make promises to audiences, and these audience expectations are, in large measure, outside of our control.
In this episode we talk about the expectations set by various story structures, and how we can make sure we use our structures to satisfy our audiences.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes: We've done episodes on the M.I.C.E. Quotient, Seven Point Story Structure, The Hollywood Formula, and many, many more of the structures mentioned in this episode. We haven't done any on Kishōtenketsu, but we probably should!
12/26/2021 • 20 minutes, 1 second
16.51: Promises are a Structure
Your Hosts: Howard Tayler, Kaela Rivera, Sandra Tayler, and Megan Lloyd
Our next 8-episode intensive is all about promises and expectations. Our guest hosts are Kaela Rivera, Sandra Tayler, and Megan Lloyd. They're joining us to talk about how the promises we make to our audiences, and the expectations they bring with them, are a structural format. In this episode we introduce the topic, and talk about some apex examples of success and failure in this area.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes: Here's the story of The Tropicana Packaging Redesign Failure
12/19/2021 • 21 minutes, 21 seconds
16.50: Worldbuilding Finale: Making Deliberate Choices
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Fonda Lee, Mary Robinette Kowal, and Howard Tayler
Here at the end of our 8-episode intensive series on Worldbuilding we discuss stepping away from the defaults, the clichés, and the tropes, and choosing every element deliberately. There's nothing inherently wrong with the tropes. We're just suggesting that they be included only after deciding we actually want them.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
12/12/2021 • 18 minutes, 45 seconds
16.49: Magic and Technology: Two Sides of the Same Coin
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Fonda Lee, Mary Robinette Kowal, and Howard Tayler
Magic and technology are tools that we, as writers, use to tell interesting stories, and they're very, very similar tools. In this episode we'll examine some ways in which both magical and technological elements can be used in our stories.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
12/5/2021 • 20 minutes, 50 seconds
16.48: Believable Worlds Part 2: Creating Texture
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Fonda Lee, Mary Robinette Kowal, and Howard Tayler
As we do our worldbuilding with similarity, specificity, and selective depth (per the previous episode), we should take care to apply these things throughout our stories. In this episode we discuss how these elements we've world-built can become "textures."
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
11/28/2021 • 18 minutes, 7 seconds
16.47: Believable Worlds Part 1: The Illusion of Real
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Fonda Lee, Mary Robinette Kowal, and Howard Tayler
Writers are illusionists, and worldbuilding requires no small mastery of that particular magic. In this episode we'll explore the creation of believable illusions through the techniques of similarity, specificity, and selective depth.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
11/21/2021 • 19 minutes
16.46: World and Plot: The Only Constant is Change
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Fonda Lee, Mary Robinette Kowal, and Howard Tayler
In our world, the ostensibly "real" one (simulation theory notwithstanding), stuff is changing all the time. Why, then, do we see so many fantasy worlds whose once-upon-a-times seem timeless?
A more important question: how might we, as writers cognizant of the ubiquity of change, work that understanding into our writing? Can we make our fictional worlds more believable while retaining the elements of those worlds which first attracted us to them?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes: The book series Howard couldn't remember the name of? The HELLICONIA trilogy, by Brian W. Aldiss.
Mary Robinette mentioned WX 14.30: Eating Your Way to Better Worldbuilding, which may make you hungry.
11/14/2021 • 21 minutes, 49 seconds
16.45: World and Character Part 2: Moral Frame
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Fonda Lee, Mary Robinette Kowal, and Howard Tayler
Let's follow up on character biases with an exploration of moral frame. When we say someone is "morally gray" or "morally ambiguous," what we're really talking about is the way they fit into the moral frame defined by society. In this episode we talk about that frame, and how we can apply it, through our characters, to our worldbuilding.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
11/7/2021 • 18 minutes, 30 seconds
16.44: World and Character Part 1: All Your Characters Are Biased
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Fonda Lee, Mary Robinette Kowal, and Howard Tayler
The world of your book is most often shown to us through the eyes of the characters who live in that world. In this episode we discuss the fact that those characters have biases which will distort the reader's perception of the world. Knowing this, we can use it to our advantage.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/31/2021 • 17 minutes, 12 seconds
16.43: The Narrative Holy Trinity of World, Character, and Plot, with Fonda Lee
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Fonda Lee, Mary Robinette Kowal, and Howard Tayler
We're beginning another master class, another deep dive series of episodes, and this time around we'll be led into the realms of good worldbuilding by Fonda Lee. In this episode Fonda talks about her process, which includes plotting and character creation along with the worldbuilding.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/24/2021 • 20 minutes, 56 seconds
16.42: M.I.C.E. Quotient, After the Fact
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, C.L. Polk, Charlotte Forfieh, and Mary Robinette Kowal
Our eighth and final M.I.C.E. Quotient discussion will explore using M.I.C.E. as a diagnostic tool. So... your manuscript is done, but something isn't working. How do you figure out where the problem is? If the ending isn't satisfying, M.I.C.E. can tell you whether the ending itself is actually at fault, and in this episode we'll show you how.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/17/2021 • 17 minutes, 49 seconds
16.41: Middles and Conflicts with M.I.C.E. Structure
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, C.L. Polk, Charlotte Forfieh, and Mary Robinette Kowal
With the M.I.C.E. elements (Milieu, Inquiry, Character, and Event) explained, and the concept of nesting, or braiding the M.I.C.E. threads, we're ready to dive into that most difficult part of the story: the middle.
Enough of us dread (or at least struggle with) middle-of-story writing that the promise of a structural tool to make it easier is kind of glorious. Our seventh installment in M.I.C.E. Quotient discussions talks about how to use M.I.C.E. elements to inform try-fail cycles, ask/answer sequences, and conflicts in general.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/10/2021 • 21 minutes, 41 seconds
16.40: Nesting Threads in the M.I.C.E. Quotient
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, C.L. Polk, Charlotte Forfieh, and Mary Robinette Kowal
Now that we've drilled down into each of the M.I.C.E. elements (Milieu, Inquiry, Character, and Event) it's time to explore nesting them. This sixth installment in our M.I.C.E. Quotient series focuses on the "FILO" (first-in, last-out) or "nested parentheses" method for symmetrically creating a story using M.I.C.E. elements.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/3/2021 • 19 minutes, 24 seconds
16.39: Deep Dive into “Event”
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, C.L. Polk, Charlotte Forfieh, and Mary Robinette Kowal
Our fifth M.I.C.E. Quotient episode focuses on the “Event” element, and explores how to use disruption of the status quo as the driving element for story. From plumbing problems to alien invasions, event stories are often structured by telling how difficult it is to return to normal, whether you're getting the aliens off the planet, or the water back into the pipes.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/26/2021 • 20 minutes, 3 seconds
16.38: Deep Dive into “Character”
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, C.L. Polk, Charlotte Forfieh, and Mary Robinette Kowal
Our fourth M.I.C.E. Quotient episode explores the “Character” element, and how these angsty, navel-gazing voyages of self-examination can serve either as complete stories or as elements in other stories. Also, we talk about how to do this in ways that don't result in readers complaining about "navel-gazing" or "angsty."
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/19/2021 • 19 minutes, 12 seconds
16.37: Deep Dive Into “Inquiry”
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, C.L. Polk, Charlotte Forfieh, and Mary Robinette Kowal
Our third M.I.C.E. Quotient episode asks about the "Inquiry" element, and the ways in which we can use this element to structure our stories—whether we're writing murder mysteries, thrillers, or anything else in which the turning of pages asks and eventually answers questions.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/12/2021 • 22 minutes, 1 second
16.36: Deep Dive into “Milieu”
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, C.L. Polk, Charlotte Forfieh, and Mary Robinette Kowal
The M.I.C.E. Quotient is an organizational tool which categorizes story elements as Milieu, Inquiry, Character, or Event. In this second episode we cover "Milieu," and how stories can be driven by a sense of place.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/5/2021 • 20 minutes, 25 seconds
16.35: What is the M.I.C.E. Quotient?
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, C.L. Polk, Charlotte Forfieh, and Mary Robinette Kowal
The next eight episodes are a deep dive into the M.I.C.E. Quotient, so we'll begin with a definition. M.I.C.E. is an organizational tool which categorizes story elements as Milieu, Inquiry, Character, or Event. It helps authors know which elements are in play, and how to work with these elements effectively.
Obviously there's a lot more to M.I.C.E. than that, and in this episode we'll lay it out in a way that makes the subsequent seven M.I.C.E.-related episodes much easier to navigate.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/29/2021 • 22 minutes, 11 seconds
16.34: Novels Are Layer Cakes
Your Hosts: DongWon Song, Mary Robinette Kowal, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
Novels deliver a lot of information, and it's helpful to consider that delivery in terms of layers. Novels are layer cakes, and we're not talking about a three-layer birthday cake. We're talking about a dobosh torte, or a mille crepe cake. And if we've made you hungry for stratified pastry, that's okay, because we made ourselves hungry, too.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/22/2021 • 20 minutes, 21 seconds
16.33: Tell, Don’t Show
Your Hosts: DongWon Song, Mary Robinette Kowal, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
Few pieces of writing advice get repeated as much as that old saw "show, don't tell." We're here to show tell you that it's not only not universally applicable, much of the time it's wrong¹. Tell, don't show, especially in the early pages of the book when so very, very much information needs to be delivered² quickly.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
¹ Fun fact: this advice comes to us from silent film, when it made great artistic sense to put things on screen rather than on title cards.
² If you need new terminology, Dan uses "demonstration vs. description."
8/15/2021 • 18 minutes, 36 seconds
16.32: First Page Fundamentals—THE KILLING FLOOR, by Lee Childs
Your Hosts: DongWon Song, Mary Robinette Kowal, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
In this episode we explore the first page of The Killing Floor, by Lee Childs, with the goal of learning how to build good first pages for own own work.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes: here is the 1st paragraph of The Killing Floor, for reference.
I was arrested in Eno's diner. At twelve o'clock. I was eating eggs and drinking coffee. A late breakfast, not lunch. I was wet and tired after a long walk in heavy rain. All the way from the highway to the edge of town.
The diner was small, but bright and clean. Brand-new, built to resemble a converted railroad car. Narrow, with a long lunch counter on one side and a kitchen bumped out back. Booths lining the opposite wall. A doorway where the center booth would be.
I was in a booth, at a window, reading somebody’s abandoned newspaper about the campaign for a president I didn’t vote for last time and wasn’t going to vote for this time. Outside, the rain had stopped but the glass was still pebbled with bright drops. I saw the police cruisers pull into the gravel lot. They were moving fast and crunched to a stop. Light bars flashing and popping. Red and blue light in the raindrops on my window. Doors burst open, policemen jumped out. Two from each car, weapons ready. Two revolvers, two shotguns. This was heavy stuff. One revolver and one shotgun ran to the back. One of each rushed the door.
8/8/2021 • 21 minutes, 10 seconds
16.31: First Page Fundamentals—MOBY DICK
Your Hosts: DongWon Song, Mary Robinette Kowal, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
In this episode we explore the first page of Moby Dick, by Herman Melville, with the goal of learning how to build good first pages for own own work.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes: here is the 1st paragraph of Moby Dick, for reference.
Call me Ishmael. Some years ago—never mind how long precisely—having little or no money in my purse, and nothing particular to interest me on shore, I thought I would sail about a little and see the watery part of the world. It is a way I have of driving off the spleen and regulating the circulation. Whenever I find myself growing grim about the mouth; whenever it is a damp, drizzly November in my soul; whenever I find myself involuntarily pausing before coffin warehouses, and bringing up the rear of every funeral I meet; and especially whenever my hypos get such an upper hand of me, that it requires a strong moral principle to prevent me from deliberately stepping into the street, and methodically knocking people’s hats off—then, I account it high time tozz get to sea as soon as I can. This is my substitute for pistol and ball. With a philosophical flourish Cato throws himself upon his sword; I quietly take to the ship. There is nothing surprising in this. If they but knew it, almost all men in their degree, some time or other, cherish very nearly the same feelings towards the ocean with me.
8/1/2021 • 20 minutes, 47 seconds
16.30: First Page Fundamentals—THE HAUNTING OF HILL HOUSE
Your Hosts: DongWon Song, Mary Robinette Kowal, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
In this episode we explore the first page of The Haunting of Hill House, by Shirley Jackson, with the goal of learning how to build good first pages for own own work.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes: here is the 1st paragraph of The Haunting of Hill House, for reference.
No live organism can continue for long to exist sanely under conditions of absolute reality; even larks and katydids are supposed, by some, to dream. Hill House, not sane, stood by itself against the hills, holding darkness within; it had stood so for eighty years and might stand for eighty more. Within, walls continued upright, bricks met neatly, floors were firm, and doors were sensibly shut; silence lay steadily against the wood and stone of Hill House, and whatever walked there, walked alone.
7/25/2021 • 21 minutes, 55 seconds
16.29: Building Trust
Your Hosts: DongWon Song, Mary Robinette Kowal, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
How do we build trust with our readers? What does that even mean? In this episode we discuss ways in which we let our readers know what they can expect from the book they're holding, and how we set about getting the to trust us do deliver on those expectations.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
7/18/2021 • 17 minutes, 2 seconds
16.28: Common First-Page Mistakes
Your Hosts: DongWon Song, Mary Robinette Kowal, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
Let's have a frank, and possibly painful discussion about the ways in which the first page can go wrong. It may seem like hackneyed writing advice, but rules like "don't start with the main character waking up" are rules for a reason. In this episode we'll talk about those reasons, and why it's so unlikely for books which break them to succeed with readers.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
7/11/2021 • 18 minutes, 14 seconds
16.27: Nobody Wants to Read a Book
Your Hosts: DongWon Song, Mary Robinette Kowal, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
Our controversial episode title comes to us via John Schwarzwelder, and it points up nicely the importance of today's topic, which is first lines, first pages, and how we set about convincing people (who may or may not want to read a book) to read OUR book.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
7/4/2021 • 18 minutes, 35 seconds
16.26: Working With Teams
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, Cassandra Khaw, Dan Wells, James L. Sutter, and Howard Tayler
Our series of game writing episodes draws to a close with a discussion about working with teams. This last skill set, these ways in which you learn to excel at collaborative projects, is often far more important than any of your other skills.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/27/2021 • 21 minutes, 55 seconds
16.25: Breaking Into Game Writing
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, Cassandra Khaw, Dan Wells, James L. Sutter, and Howard Tayler
So, after all this talk about designing games and writing for games, it's time to address the big question: how does one go about getting a game-design/game-writing job?
It's a competitive field, and there are no easy answers, but we do have some hard answers for you. And some homework...
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/20/2021 • 27 minutes, 59 seconds
16.24: Worldbuilding for Games
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, Cassandra Khaw, Dan Wells, James L. Sutter, and Howard Tayler
Worldbuilding is one of our favorite topics, and it's a domain in which game design and novel writing share a lot of territory. In this episode we talk about how much we love it, and how much we enjoy letting other people love it enough to do the heavy lifting for us.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/13/2021 • 21 minutes, 10 seconds
BONUS EPISODE! 2021 WXR Early-Bird Announcement
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Dongwon, and Dan
What's this bonus episode thing?
Well, for starters IT'S URGENT, because as of this writing you have just ten more days to get the promised pricing for WXR at sea in 2021.
What ELSE is it? Well, this bonus episode describes the difference between workshops, retreats, and master classes. If you've attended WXR in the past, this episode will highlight what's different this time around.
6/10/2021 • 20 minutes, 39 seconds
16.23: Rules and Mechanics
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, Cassandra Khaw, Dan Wells, James L. Sutter, and Howard Tayler
Let's talk about how players interact with the mechanics of the game, and what kinds of requirements those might put on the writers.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/6/2021 • 20 minutes, 49 seconds
16.22: Scenes and Set Pieces
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, Cassandra Khaw, Dan Wells, James L. Sutter, and Howard Tayler
Let's have a discussion about scenes and set pieces, and let's lead with this: prose writers often create longer pieces using scenes as building blocks, and in this thing writing for game design is very, very similar.
Scenes and set pieces are some of the most critical components in game design, and each of them must deliver several different things to the players in order to work well.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
5/30/2021 • 25 minutes, 11 seconds
16.21: Player Characters
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, James L. Sutter, Dan Wells, Cassandra Khaw, and Howard Tayler
So, you're the hero of your own story, and the hero gets choices, and in many ways directs the story. In our discussion of interactive fiction and writing for games, the subject of "player characters" is essential. From the array of options given at character creation/selection, to the paths available for character development and the final chapters of that characters story, "player character" touches everything.
Credits: this episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
5/23/2021 • 18 minutes, 47 seconds
16.20: Branching Narratives
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, James L. Sutter, Dan Wells, Cassandra Khaw, and Howard Tayler
How do you give players meaningful choices while still keeping the story within a reasonable set of boundaries? In this episode James and Cassandra lead us in a discussion of branching narratives, and the ways in which we as writers can create them.
Credits: this episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes: Dan mentioned this collection of "Choose your own adventure" plot maps.
Howard illustrated the concept of "narrative bumper pool" in Tracy Hickman's X-TREME DUNGEON MASTERY
Narrative Bumper Pool from X-TREME DUNGEON MASTERY, used with permission
5/16/2021 • 19 minutes, 50 seconds
16.19: Intro to Roleplaying Games
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette Kowal, James L. Sutter, Dan Wells, Cassandra Khaw, and Howard Tayler
For the next eight episodes we'll be talking about roleplaying games, and how that medium relates to writers, writing, career opportunities, and more. We're led by James L. Sutter and Cassandra Khaw on this particular quest.
In this episode we lay some groundwork, define a few terms, and hopefully get you excited about looking at games in new and useful ways.
Credits: this episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson
5/9/2021 • 27 minutes, 16 seconds
16.18: Poetry and the Fantastic
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Dan, Amal, and Howard
For the last seven episodes we've explored language, meaning, and their overlap with that thing we mean when we use language to say "poetry."
In this episode we step back to some origins, including, at a meta-level, the origins of this podcast as a writer-focused exploration of genre fiction—the speculative, the horrific, the science-y, and the fantastic.
Because there is an overlap between language and meaning, and there are myriad overlaps among the genres we love, and as we step back we see poetry striding these spaces, its path in part defining and in part defying the various borders.
Poetry, scouting the fraught borders between the kingdoms of Meaning and Language.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
5/2/2021 • 24 minutes, 56 seconds
16.17: The Time To Rhyme
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Dan, Amal, and Howard
Rhyming is powerful. It can signal a form, or telegraph whimsy. It can be predictable, surprising, and sometimes both.
It may also be seen as childish.
When, then, is it time to rhyme?
Will rhyming "internally" fit?
As opposed to a line-ending bit.
For answers, just listen.
But rhymes will be missin'
Especially where they'd deliver a predictably naughty word at the end of, say, a limerick, because in this context, that would definitely be seen as childish.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
4/25/2021 • 24 minutes, 20 seconds
16.16: Poetic Structure: Part II
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Dan, Amal, and Howard
How does a poem happen?
Absent an external structure, what makes a thing a poem?
The key word in that question may be "external," because ultimately the poem on the page will be the implicit definition of its own structure—even if it borrows a "non-poetic" structure from another form.
Structure is as structure does. "Unstructured" is just a way to say "I am unfamiliar with this structure," or maybe "I don't believe that this structure is fit for poetry."
And that might be a thing you are currently saying. After all, "blog post describing a podcast episode" is definitely a structure.
Does the embracing of that structure make this thing into a poem?
If this thing is a poem, how did that happen?
Liner Notes:
"Girl Hours" by Sofia Samatar (via Stone Telling magazine),
"The Hill We Climb," by Poet Laureate Amanda Gorman (YouTube from the Biden/Harris Inauguration)
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, Jr., and mastered by Alex Jackson.
4/18/2021 • 27 minutes, 55 seconds
16.15: Poetic Structure, Part I
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Dan, Amal, and Howard
Rigorous structure in poetic form
is commonly pointed at when we declare
Poems have meters and rhymes, as the norm.
Yet words without patterns can roar like a storm
So why pay attention, why study with care
Rigorous structure in poetic form?
Just set it aside, surrender the gorm
(means "alertness", a quite-handy rhyme I put there)
Poems have meters and rhymes as the norm.
Let some of it go, perhaps. Let it transform
beyond all the rhyming. Deny, if you dare:
Rigorous structure in poetic form
Okay, you can maybe keep some of it warm
Those toasty iambics by which you might swear:
Poems have meters and rhymes as the norm.
This episode text I wrote: does it inform?
Will all be confused when this couplet doth air?
"Rigorous structure in poetic form:
Poems have meters and rhymes as the norm."
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson. The villanelle above was the first—and hopefully last—ever composed by Howard Tayler. Yes, the Writing Excuses tagline is a haiku. No, Howard did not know that when he wrote it in 2008.
4/11/2021 • 18 minutes, 14 seconds
16.14: Poetic Language
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Dan, Amal, and Howard
We might begin with description.
Or we might begin by deconstructing the act of describing.
Wait. No, not there.
Let's jump in AFTER the deconstruction.
Let's leap beyond a statement of topic, let's hurdle clear of mundane declarations of the audio file's length, and together plunge headlong into metaphor, the icy water perhaps calling to mind Archimedes, as we describe our episode (or any other thing) not in terms of its intrinsic attributes, but by taking account of what it has displaced into the spaces it doesn't occupy.
How long does the displacement remain? How might one apply paint to the emptiness after the thing has left?
What color is silence that follows the end of the episode?
(An end which follows twenty minutes and thirty-three seconds in which the four of us discuss the kinds of words we imagine when we say "poetic language.")
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
4/4/2021 • 20 minutes, 34 seconds
16.13: Day Brain vs. Night Brain
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Dan, Amal, and Howard
Patterns in the way we're speaking may betray which 'brain' we're using; often bound by what's familiar, sometimes loosed for free-er choosing.
Writing like the day-brain's thinking
Singing while the night-brain's winking
All the cadence going funky
(golden-mantled howler monkey)
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson. XKCD #1412, by Randall Munroe, was referenced during this episode. As was the Greater Cleveland Film Commission.
3/28/2021 • 19 minutes, 30 seconds
16.12 : Singing Versus Speaking
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Dan, Amal, and Howard
Can you hear your writing sing, being intoned instead of read? With the dialogs as tunes whose tags say "sung" instead of "said?" When the rhythm of your prose echoes the rhythm of a song you'll see perhaps you've been a poet all along.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson. Les Miserables was written by Victor Hugo, set to music by Claude-Michel Schönberg, and ruined here by Howard Tayler.
3/21/2021 • 19 minutes, 16 seconds
16.11: What is Poetry?
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Dan, Amal, and Howard
This is how we begin our master class
on poetry, with Amal El-Mohtar:
With not one question, but two.
What is poetry?
What is prose?
Yes, both questions are a trap.
Or maybe two traps.
But definitely a beginning.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
3/14/2021 • 19 minutes, 15 seconds
16.10: Paying it Forward, with Kevin J. Anderson
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Dan, Amal, and Howard, with special guest Kevin J. Anderson
Kevin J. Anderson joins us to talk about how others have helped us in our careers, and how we might continue that tradition and help others.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
3/7/2021 • 28 minutes, 9 seconds
16.9: Crossing The Revenue Streams
Your Hosts: Dan, Erin, Brandon, and Howard
How many different ways can our writing earn money for us? What additional work, besides "just" writing, do we need to do in order to get that money? In this episode we discuss finding and managing multiple revenue streams, whether that means writing for new audiences, or monetizing existing writing in new ways.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
2/28/2021 • 21 minutes, 57 seconds
16.8: Smart Promotion
Your Hosts: Dan, Erin, Brandon, and Howard
Let's talk about how promote yourself and your work, and how to do it well. The tools we use for this continue to evolve, and in this discussion we'll cover things that have worked, things that have stopped working, things we use now, and strategies we apply to not sink beneath the churning disruptions endemic to promoting books (or, really, anything else.)
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes: Here is your invitation link for the TypeCastRPG Discord.
2/21/2021 • 24 minutes, 23 seconds
16.7: To Series, or Not to Series
Your Hosts: Dan, Erin, Brandon, Howard
Let's look a the business considerations of whether that thing you're writing is a standalone story, or part of a series. The factors are complex, and a single factor (like, say distribution channel) isn't likely to make the decision clear cut.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
2/14/2021 • 19 minutes, 28 seconds
16.6: Building Your Brand
Your Hosts: Dan, Erin, Brandon, and Howard
Branding, in marketing terms for writers, is the process of establishing a recognizable identity—a brand— for you and your works in the marketplace of readers, and people who buy things for readers. In this episode we talk about what our brands need to be doing for us, and how we go about getting them to do that.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
2/7/2021 • 18 minutes, 27 seconds
16.5: Pros and Contracts
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary Robinette, Brandon, and Erin
Here's our deep dive into the subject of contracts in the publishing business. We can only go so deep during a fifteen-minute episode, so we ran about twice as long as usual. We discuss some of the things you should look for, things you should watch out for, and resources that can help you out.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/31/2021 • 32 minutes, 16 seconds
16.4: Networking
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary Robinette, Erin, Brandon, and Howard
Networking is an invaluable part of any business, and the business of writing is no exception. In this episode we'll talk about how to do it effectively, genuinely, and in ways that benefit the entire community.
Credits: This episode was recorded my Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/24/2021 • 25 minutes, 44 seconds
16.3: Publishing Pitfalls
Your Hosts: Dan, Erin, Howard, and Brandon
Erin Roberts joins us for our third installment in Brandon's business-of-writing series. In this episode we're covering pitfalls and common problems—including some predatory practices—for you to be on the lookout for while you develop your career as a writer.
Credits: This episode was recorded my Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes: "Accountabilibuddy," which is written here so Howard can remember it.
1/17/2021 • 20 minutes, 3 seconds
16.02: Publishers Are Not Your Friends
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary Robinette, Howard, and Brandon
It sounds like a mean thing to say, but it's not a wrong thing to say. A publisher is a corporation, and a corporation doesn't have friends. It has contractual relationships. We can make friends with people who work for publishers, but those are not the same thing.
Liner Notes: here is an archived copy of Dave Brady's essay about "company loyalty"
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/10/2021 • 19 minutes, 17 seconds
16.01: Your Career is Your Business
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary Robinette, Howard, and Brandon
Welcome to 2021, and Season 16 of Writing Excuses. This year we're dividing the year into "master classes" or "intensive courses."
We're kicking it off with Brandon's episodes, which are all about the business of writing, and the first of those is this one!
So... your career is your business. In this episode we'll talk about how that mindset—this is a business—informs our other activities, and how valuable it can be to get our heads in the right place early on.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/3/2021 • 21 minutes, 58 seconds
15.52: Economy of Phrase, Being the Concentrated Concatenation of Complex Thoughts in Just a Very Few Words Which Must Fit In A Very Very Small Box, With Patrick Rothfuss
Your Hosts: Howard, Mary Robinette, and Dan, with special guest Patrick Rothfuss
Did we have too much fun applying ironic humor to the title of this episode? Possibly! Patrick Rothfuss joins us to talk about economy of phrase, and the ways in which big ideas can be expressed with a few of the exactly-right words.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
12/27/2020 • 23 minutes, 1 second
15.51: Feedback—When to Listen, and When to Ignore, with special guest Mahtab Narsimhan
Your Hosts: Dan, Howard, Mahtab, and Brandon
We're often taught that the best critique group feedback is reactions to the writing, rather than advice for fixing it. But prescriptive feedback—critiques that include suggestions for you how to might rewrite something—is an important part of the process.
In this episode we discuss how we curate our critique groups and filter their feedback to improve our writing, and our experiences with these groups.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
12/20/2020 • 21 minutes, 15 seconds
15.50: Juggling Ensembles
Your Hosts: Brandon, Victoria, Dan, and Howard
Our listeners have asked about how we handle managing a large cast of characters. This is something we've all struggled with, and sometimes we've failed at it pretty spectacularly. In this episode we talk about how we turned our failures into learning, and what we do today to keep our ensembles in line and our stories on track.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
12/13/2020 • 18 minutes, 45 seconds
15.49: Maintaining Passion for a Story, with special guest Mahtab Narsimhan
Your Hosts: Dan, Howard, Mahtab, and Brandon
This episode comes from a question we're often asked: "how do you stay excited about a story you're working on?" We talk about how we maintain our passion for the stories we're working on, and how that's not the same as being super excited to write every time we sit down at the keyboard
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
12/6/2020 • 17 minutes, 40 seconds
15.48: Deliberate Discomfort, Part Two
Your Hosts: Dan, Mahtab, Howard, and Brandon
We've talked about deliberately making our readers uncomfortable. In this episode we discuss writing things that make us uncomfortable. Maybe it's writing strong language, or sex scenes. Perhaps it's a personal narrative that is painful to relive. Whatever it might be, as writers we need to prepare ourselves to embrace that pain, soak up that discomfort, and put the words on the page.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Marshall Carr, and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes:
"No, I'm Fine." by Howard Tayler
Video Link for this episode, and two other episodes
11/29/2020 • 22 minutes, 33 seconds
15.47: Worldbuilding Science Fiction, with Cory Doctorow
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Piper, and Howard, with Cory Doctorow
Worldbuilding is something you do to some degree in everything you write. Cory Doctorow writes (among many other things) near-future SF, and he joins us for a discussion of extrapolative worldbuilding.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
11/22/2020 • 21 minutes, 58 seconds
15.46: Crafting Chinese-American Characters
Your Hosts: Dan, Piper, and Tempest, with special guest Yang Yang Wang
Yang Yang Wang, an author, actor, and director (among many other things) joins us for a discussion of language, food, and a whole raft of other cultural elements critical to crafting Chinese-American characters.
Credits: this episode was recorded by Ross Smith and mastered by Alex Jackson
11/15/2020 • 17 minutes, 39 seconds
15.45: Worldbuilding Fantasy, with Patrick Rothfuss
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary Robinette, and Howard, with Patrick Rothfuss
Pat joins us for a discussion of worldbuilding, in which we field a couple of challenging questions from readers. Here are the questions!
How do you create timeless urban fantasy?
How do you create a compelling secondary world fantasy without leaning on a complex magic system?
We ran a bit long with this one, but we have no regrets. Because compelling. And maybe timeless.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
11/8/2020 • 31 minutes, 25 seconds
15.44: Rebooting a Career
Your Hosts: Dan, DongWon, Mary Robinette, and Howard
What do you do when some of the key foundations of your authorial (or otherwise creative) livelihood are kicked away? How do you go about repairing, rebuilding, or rebooting your career?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
11/1/2020 • 23 minutes, 28 seconds
15.43: Audiobook Narration, with Bruce D Richardson
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, Mary Robinette, and Howard, with special guest Bruce D Richardson
Bruce D Richardson, who is often credited as BDR, or BD Richardson, is a voice-over actor and audiobook narrator. He joins us for a discussion of reading out loud for an audience, including some mic techniques and best practices for recording.
Liner Notes:
https://www.accenthelp.com/
"I never said she stole my money."
10/25/2020 • 19 minutes, 24 seconds
15.42: Writing The End
Your Hosts: Brandon, Victoria, Dan, and Howard
How do you decide what sort of event ends your story? How do you set the scale and the stakes for that event? And once you've made these decisions, how do you set about writing the best possible ending?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/18/2020 • 18 minutes, 18 seconds
15.41: Researching the FCK out of Things, with Cory Doctorow
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Piper, and Howard, with special guest Cory Doctorow
In journalism, that three-character string in our episode title means "Fact Check." Those three characters are a great way to drop a note to yourself, reminding you to get some answers later.
In this episode Cory joins us to discuss when we drop FCK into our works, and how we go about removing it later.
Credits: This episode was recorded at sea by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/11/2020 • 19 minutes, 8 seconds
15.40: Researching for Writing the Other
Your Hosts: Piper, Dan, and Tempest, with special guests Nisi Shawl and Silvia Moreno-Garcia
Writing stories which feature people who are not like you is, in a word, difficult. In another word? Fraught. But good writers do difficult things, and in this episode Nisi Shawl and Silvia Moreno-Garcia join us to discuss how research can make "writing the other" less difficult, and perhaps even less fraught.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Ross Smith, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
10/4/2020 • 21 minutes, 48 seconds
15.39: Translation, with special guest Alex Shvartsman
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Dan, and Lari, with guest Alex Shvartsman
Translation is fantastically complex. In this episode Lari and Alex help us navigate those complexities, both from the standpoint of the translator, and from the standpoint of the author seeking to have their work translated.
Credits: This episode was mastered by Alex Jackson
9/27/2020 • 20 minutes, 21 seconds
15.38: Depicting Religions That Are Not Your Own
Your Hosts: Piper, Dan, and Tempest, with special guest Nisi Shawl
Whether you're writing about a real-world religion, or one you've created for your setting, there are numerous factors to be aware of. In this episode we discuss a few good and bad examples of depictions of religions, and the ways in which these examples can inform the way we approach our own projects.
Credits: this episode was recorded by Ross Smith, and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/20/2020 • 16 minutes, 25 seconds
15.37: Writing Under Deadlines
Your Hosts: Brandon, Victoria, Dan, and Howard
What's it like to write under a deadline which has been set for your project by someone else? What strategies might help you bring the writing in under the deadline? Can you train yourself to be ready for this?
Those are all good questions. Hopefully we won't run out of time to come up with answers...
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
9/13/2020 • 19 minutes, 30 seconds
15.36: Collaboration, with Shannon and Dean Hale
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, and Dan, with special guests Shannon and Dean Hale
We've had several discussions about collaboration, and we've learned that the answer to "how do you collaborate with other authors" is different with each collaboration team we talk to.
Shannon and Dean Hale have written fifteen books together, and in this episode they talk to us about how they do it.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Joseph Meacham, and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/6/2020 • 15 minutes, 40 seconds
15.35: Tools for Writing and Worldbuilding, with Erin Roberts
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary Robinette, Lari, and special guest Erin Roberts
We've received a number of questions about the 'tools of the trade' for organizing our work, especially with regard to worldbuilding. In this episode we talk about what we use, including some old-school analog tools like sticky notes and ballpoint pens.
Credits: this episode was recorded remotely, and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/30/2020 • 21 minutes, 33 seconds
15.34: Writing Deliberate Discomfort
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary Robinette, Lari, and Erin
How do you proceed when the story you want to write includes elements that make you personally uncomfortable? In this episode we step out of our own comfort zones to examine this challenge, and to offer some strategies to you.
Credits: This episode was recorded remotely, and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/23/2020 • 15 minutes, 34 seconds
15.33: The Long, Dark Second Act of the Soul
Your Hosts: Brandon, Victoria, Dan, and Howard
Many Writing Excuses listeners have asked us how we muscle through writing second acts, those big, chonky "middles" of our stories. In this episode we attempt to provide answers.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson. The title of this episode is a nod to the second Dirk Gently novel from Douglas Adams.
8/16/2020 • 18 minutes, 21 seconds
15.32: Short Story Markets
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary Robinette, and Lari, with special guest Erin Roberts
Erin Roberts joins us for a discussion of short story markets—a topic which is very susceptible to "churn" because of the way short story markets come and go. We cover how to research and evaluate the various markets based on what you need from publication, and what you might reasonably expect from them.
Credits: This episode was recorded remotely during the Great Isolation, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
8/9/2020 • 16 minutes, 22 seconds
15.31: The Agent in the Room
Your Hosts: Dan, DongWon, Piper, and Howard
You had questions for agents, Dongwon has answers!
How do you go about becoming an agent?
How do an agent and author work together?
At what point do agent and author talk about the "sticky stuff?"
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/2/2020 • 19 minutes, 59 seconds
15.30: Write What You Want To Know, with Laurell K. Hamilton
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, and Howard, with special guest Laurell K. Hamilton
We've all heard the "write what you know" rule. Laurell K. Hamilton joined us to talk about how she got started by writing what she wanted to know. In this episode we discuss our various paths to learning the things that fascinate us, and which we want to be able to write about.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
7/26/2020 • 18 minutes, 18 seconds
15.29: Barbie Pre-Writing, with Janci Patterson and Megan Walker
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, and Howard, with special guests Janci Patterson and Megan Walker
Janci Patterson and Megan Walker joined us to talk about their pre-writing process, which involves role-playing in a room full of dioramas with Barbie dolls.
As pre-writing processes go, this one was completely new to us, and we very quickly decided that we love it.
Credits: this episode was recorded live at NASFIC by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
7/19/2020 • 16 minutes, 51 seconds
15.28: Small Evils
Your Hosts: Brandon, Victoria, Dan, and Howard
Small evils? Yes, please! This episode isn't about writing the big villainy of world domination, but about focusing on the more relatable villainy of small evils—the little crimes, the minor antagonisms—which can be the key to connecting the reader to the book.
Liner Notes: The deadly nightshade incident Howard described is something he mentioned on Twitter as well. If you need a concrete example of a small evil and/or an external cost, there it is!
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
7/12/2020 • 16 minutes, 36 seconds
15.27: Alternate History, with Eric Flint
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, and Howard, with special guest Eric Flint
Eric Flint joined us at SpikeCon (host of the 2019 NASFIC) to talk about creating alternate histories. His Ring of Fire book series is enormous in scope, and has many, many more people working on it than just Eric Flint. We get a bit of a peek behind the scenes, and a lot of great information about writing alternate histories of our own.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
7/5/2020 • 22 minutes, 23 seconds
15.26: Taking the Chance, with David Weber
Your Hosts: Brandon, Howard, and Dan with special guest David Weber
David Weber joined us at NASFIC to talk about the importance of risking failure on any path (especially a writer's path) to success--whether you're risking rejection in the submission process, or the possibility that the book you write won't be the amazing thing you've been imagining.
If you're currently feeling the need to be out of excuses, this episode might be exactly what you're looking for.
Credits: This episode was recorded live at NASFIC by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/28/2020 • 25 minutes, 39 seconds
15.25: Using the MICE Quotient for Conflict
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
The MICE quotient is a tool for categorizing story elements—Milieu, Idea, Character, and Event—and we've talked about it quite a bit in the past. When a listener asked how we might use the MICE quotient to create, inform, manage, and otherwise help us "do" conflict in our stories, we were excited to start recording, and a bit bewildered that we'd somehow not already done this episode.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Joseph Meacham, and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/21/2020 • 20 minutes, 36 seconds
15.24: Keeping it Fresh, with Jim Butcher
Your Hosts: Brandon, Howard, and Dan, with special guest Jim Butcher
Jim Butcher joined us at NASFIC for a discussion about how we can keep long-running serials engaging after numerous books.
Credits: this episode was recorded before a live audience by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/14/2020 • 17 minutes, 4 seconds
15.23: Serialization
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Lari, and Dan, with special guest Jenn Court
Let's talk about serials. Jenn Court, whose work includes lots of writing for TV (IMDB link), joins us for the discussion. What are the elements that get us, as readers or viewers, to come back for episode after episode, and how do we, as writers, identify those elements and set about synthesizing them?
Credits: This episode was mastered by Alex Jackson
6/7/2020 • 17 minutes, 47 seconds
15.22 Writing For Children, with Shannon and Dean Hale
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, and Dan, with Shannon and Dean Hale
Shannon and Dean Hale join us again, this time to discuss how to effectively and convincingly write for¹ children. Children have their own unique sets of expectations for the books they read (as do their parents), and in this episode we talk about how to meet (or subvert) those.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Joseph Meacham, and mastered by Alex Jackson
¹ "For," not "about." Shannon and Dean discussed writing ABOUT children last week.
5/31/2020 • 23 minutes, 26 seconds
15.21: Writing About Children, with Shannon and Dean Hale
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, and Dan, with Shannon and Dean Hale
Shannon and Dean Hale join us to discuss how to effectively and convincingly write about¹ children. We cover dialog tools, point-of-view elements, stakes, and character 'quirks' that can help signal to the reader that a character is a child.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Joseph Meacham, and mastered by Alex Jackson
¹ "About," not "for." Shannon and Dean join us again to discuss writing FOR children next week!
5/24/2020 • 18 minutes, 47 seconds
15.20: Mental Wellness and Writing
Your Hosts: Brandon, Victoria, Dan, and Howard
In this episode we'll be talking about the things we do to stay creative, productive, healthy, and happy. For the purposes of this discussion, "mental wellness" is not about coping with mental illness, it's about self-care.
Liner Notes: Here's the gridded lifestyle tracker for the homework, lifted directly from Victoria's Twitter feed.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
5/17/2020 • 23 minutes, 37 seconds
15.19: As You Know, This Episode Is About Exposition
Your Hosts: Brandon, Victoria, Dan, and Howard
"As you know, Bob..." is the trope-tastic line we use to refer to expository dialog which has no function beyond exposition.
We get lots of listener questions about how to use dialog for exposition without making it feel like we're using dialog for exposition. And as Bob already knows, this episode is about answering those questions.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
5/10/2020 • 17 minutes, 45 seconds
15.18: Finding a Community, with Shauna Hoffman
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Dan, and Lari¹, with special guest Shauna Hoffman
Many Writing Excuses listeners (especially WXR alumni) already know Shauna Hoffman. She joins us to talk about how to deal with the fact that we, as authors, often feel isolated.
The listener question that sparked this episode: "How do you keep the pressure off when you feel alone?"
How indeed? If this feels timely, well, some of that is coincidence. And some, of course, is not².
Credits: This episode was recorded remotely³, using a variety of VOIP tools, and was mastered by Alex Jackson.
¹ Larissa Helena is joining us as a guest host. She has worked as a literary agent, a translator, and a rights manager, and we look forward to hearing more from her this season.
² Yes, the irony of this being the first of our recorded-during-sparkling-isolation episodes is something we're leaning into.
³ This is the first airing of a Writing Excuses episode in which the participants not physically present in the same room. We suspect it won't be the last, and that we'll get better at it.
5/3/2020 • 19 minutes, 23 seconds
15.17: Asexual Representation
Your Hosts: Dan, Tempest, Mary Robinette, and Howard
Generally speaking, asexuality is a sexual orientation or identity typified by the absence of a desire to have sex. It's *way* more complicated than that, however, and in this episode Tempest helps us unpack it so that asexual characters can be written more effectively.
Liner Notes: Want to dig deeper? Over at Writing The Other there's a master class on writing asexual characters taught by Lauren Jankowski.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
4/26/2020 • 17 minutes, 10 seconds
15.16: Balancing Plot and Character
Your Hosts: Brandon, Victoria, Dan, and Howard
We're often asked how to balance character arcs with the intricacies of the plots we create. In this episode we talk about the various ways in which we do this.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
4/19/2020 • 19 minutes, 19 seconds
15.15: Dialog
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
Listener questions drove this episode, and there are only two of them but they were pretty good drivers. Here they are:
Is it a problem that all my dialog ends up as logic-based debates between characters?
What can I do to create more variety in my dialog structure?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Joseph Meacham, and mastered by Alex Jackson
4/12/2020 • 17 minutes, 40 seconds
15.14: Agent Query Trenches
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
The title of this episode comes to us from listener questions along the lines of "what do you do when you're 'in the trenches' querying agents?" Our answers, predictably, have almost nothing to do with actual trenches.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Joseph Meacham, and mastered by Alex Jackson
4/5/2020 • 21 minutes, 15 seconds
15.13: Using Elections in Stories
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard, with special guest Daniel Friend
Daniel Friend, who edits SF/F, has worked in election offices, has run for office, and has participated in campaigns. In this episode we talk about the ways elections can be worked into our stories.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Joseph Meacham, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
3/29/2020 • 16 minutes, 22 seconds
15.12: Writing the Other—Being an Ally
Your Hosts: Piper, Tempest, DongWon, with special guest Erin Roberts
What can we do to be allies to members of marginalized groups? Many of us want to find ways to help others have safe, comfortable places within our communities, but worry about coming across the wrong way. In this episode, our hosts talk about how we can do this well as writers, as members of writing communities, and in society at large.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
3/22/2020 • 22 minutes, 30 seconds
15.11: Digital is Different, with Cory Doctorow
Your Hosts: Mary Robinette, Piper, Howard, and special guest Cory Doctorow
"How do you break in?" is one of those questions we always get asked in some form or another, and it's also one for which those of us who "broke in" more than a couple of years ago are increasingly unqualified to answer. The path "in" is always changing, and it seems to be changing faster as time goes on.
With the obligatory disclaimer out of the way, in this episode we'll talk about how "digital" (read: "social media + everything else internet") applies to building a career as a creative.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
3/15/2020 • 26 minutes, 1 second
15.10: Evaluating Ideas
Your Hosts: Brandon, Victoria, Dan, and Howard
We've talked in the past about how ideas are cheap, and that it's execution upon those ideas which is what really matters. In this episode we'll talk about how we evaluate things over there on the side of the equation where things are cheap and plentiful. Because while we have no shortage of ideas, they vary quite a bit in their value to us.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
3/8/2020 • 20 minutes, 26 seconds
15.09: Choose Your Own Adventurous Publishing Path
Your Hosts: Dan, DongWon, Piper, and Howard
"Should I go self-pub? Should I go traditional? Can I do both? How do I decide where my book fits?"
In this episode we'll cover these, and many more questions as best we're able.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes:
Zoe York on The SisterCast
Skye Warren Marketing Class on RWA forums¹
Writer Beware
¹ RWA membership is required for these forums. This episode was recorded in September of 2019
3/1/2020 • 24 minutes, 37 seconds
15.08: Q&A on a Ship
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary Robinette, DongWon, and Howard
At WXR 19 we recorded live, and took audience questions aboard the ship. Here they are! (You'll have to listen to the episode for the answers.)
What have you learned in the past year that has improved your craft?
When you're having trouble, how do you know if it's "I don't feel like writing" or "there's a problem with the manuscript?"
How far ahead do you plan your careers?
How do you tell when a fight/battle/showdown is going on for too long?
How do you continue to learn and improve on your craft?
How do you manage and prioritize your time when you're working on multiple projects?
How do you feel about multiple first-person POVs in a single book?
What are the most important elements to include on the last page of your book?
What are some things we can do to strengthen our voice when writing in third person?
How do you decide who to have as alpha and beta readers?
In secondary world stories, how do you decide whether to call a horse a horse?
How much leeway will an editor or agent give a story when it's not ready, but it shows promise?
Liner Notes: "Sometimes Writer's Block is Really Depression"
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
2/23/2020 • 26 minutes, 37 seconds
15.07: Creating Chapters
Your Hosts: Brandon, Victoria, Dan, and Howard
How do you create chapters? What are the rules for carving your manuscript into numbered chunks? Is chaptering part of your outline, is it something you discover while you write, or is it something else entirely?
In this episode we talk about how we do it, and how we think about it while it's being done.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson
2/16/2020 • 19 minutes, 18 seconds
15.06: Prose and Cons, with Patrick Rothfuss
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary Robinette, Howard, with special guest Patrick Rothfuss
How do you write beautiful prose? How do you set about telling a story with words that sing (and dance, and tell jokes) instead of just conveying information in word-sized chunks?
In this episode we talk about how we do it, and how writers might set out to do good word-do like the best good word-doers do.
Liner Notes:
Gwendolyn Brooks—We Real Cool
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
2/9/2020 • 25 minutes, 43 seconds
15.05: Setting Goals for Your Career
Your Hosts: Brandon, Victoria, Dan, and Howard
What kind of career goal-setting do you do? We had a discussion in this vein with DongWon a few weeks ago, but neither Brandon nor Victoria participated then, so it's worth revisiting.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
2/2/2020 • 22 minutes, 3 seconds
15.04: Revision, with Patrick Rothfuss
Your Hosts: Dan, Howard, and Mary Robinette, with special guest Patrick Rothfuss
We begin our discussion of revision by addressing a question we hear a lot: How do you know what needs to be changed? We talk about our various techniques for getting distance from our work, incorporating feedback, and breaking the process down into manageable chunks.
Liner Notes: Lindsey Ellis on Three-Act Structure
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
1/26/2020 • 29 minutes, 4 seconds
15.03: Self Publishing
Your Hosts: Howard, with special guests Victorine Lieske, Tamie Dearen, Bridget E. Baker, and Nandi Taylor
Howard leads this discussion with four guests who are doing well with self publishing. They share some numbers with us, and talk about their strategies for reaching their audience, and making the most of their market.
Liner Notes: Given, by Nandi Taylor, is available on January 21, (just two days from this episode's air date)
Credits: This episode was recorded live at WXR by Bert Grimm, and was mastered by Alex Jackson
1/19/2020 • 24 minutes, 12 seconds
15.02: Writing Between the Lines
Your Hosts: Brandon, Victoria, Dan, and Howard
Victoria Schwab, who also writes as V.E. Schwab, joins us this year, and in this episode she helps us cover that deep concept of "theme," and how we as authors can state our themes without coming straight out and stating them—writing our themes "between the lines."
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/12/2020 • 19 minutes, 52 seconds
15.01: Evolution of a Career
Your Hosts: Dan, DongWon, Mary Robinette, and Howard
Season 15 is going to be a bit broader than the previous seasons have, at least in the abstract. We're going to focus on your questions. In this episode we tackle the topic that dominates our collection of these questions: CAREER.
Liner Notes: It hasn't actually been 15 years. It's been 12. Writing Excuses launched in February of 2008, and the first five seasons were not full-year seasons.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/5/2020 • 27 minutes, 44 seconds
14.52: Game Mastering and Collaborative Storytelling, with Natasha Ence
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard, with special guest Natasha Ence
Natasha Ence is a professional game master.
(Yes, you read that correctly.)
She joins us to discuss collaborative storytelling, and how the principles of game mastering for role-players can be applied to creating a fulfilling, engaging story.
Credits: This episode was recorded live at LTUE by Dan Thompson, and was mastered by Alex Jackson.
12/29/2019 • 18 minutes, 24 seconds
14.51: A Farewell to Worldbuilding
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
We've spent all year focusing on worldbuilding, and it's time to move on.
Almost.
In this episode we try to cover some points we may have missed, we talk about what we've learned, and discuss some of our favorite recent examples of worldbuilding.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
12/22/2019 • 21 minutes, 31 seconds
14.50: Write What You… No.
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Margaret, and Howard
We've all heard the adage "write what you know," and in this episode we set out to un-misinterpret it. The phrase is fraught, and perhaps the most perilous bit is that it can be used an excuse to not write. Here at Writing Excuses we're pretty committed to approaching things in ways that let us do MORE writing, so this topic is a great place for us to leave you out of excuses.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
12/15/2019 • 19 minutes, 19 seconds
14.49: Customs and Mores
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mahtab
In this episode we discuss how our customs and mores govern our own real-world interactions, and how our understanding of these interactions can be applied to our worldbuilding.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
12/8/2019 • 20 minutes, 27 seconds
14.48: How to Practice Worldbuilding
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
The entire year has been about learning how to worldbuild, and we've learned a thing or two ourselves while preparing material for you. In this episode we talk about some of those lessons, and try to answer stray questions that didn't fit into any of previous episode buckets.
Liner Notes: If Dinosaurs Had Body Fat Like Penguins
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
12/1/2019 • 18 minutes, 47 seconds
14.47: Writing Characters With Physical Disabilities
Your Hosts: Piper, Dan, and Tempest, with special guest Nicola Griffith
In this episode we discuss how to faithfully represent people with physical disabilities through the characters we create. Our guest, Nicola Griffith, walks us through the process of rigorously imagining how the world might look to someone with a particular disability.
Credits: This episode was mastered by Alex Jackson
11/24/2019 • 15 minutes, 54 seconds
14.46: Unusual Resources
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Margaret, and Howard
Among science fiction and fantasy plot devices, the "uncommon resource" trope is common enough to almost seem cliché. Fortunately (?), the economic principle of scarcity is ubiquitous enough in real life that most of us don't even blink when presented with the idea in fiction.
So how do we keep it fresh? How do we roll scarcities into the economies we create, and the worlds we build?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
11/17/2019 • 19 minutes, 16 seconds
14.45: Economics
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mahtab
Economists tend to see everything as economics, which is kind of how proponents of ANY discipline see their discipline, but it's not a bad way to look at worldbuilding through the lens of economics. In this episode we talk about how this works for us, and how it lets us roll our worldbuilding into our storytelling.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes: Mahtab mentioned The Economics of Science Fiction on Medium.com
11/10/2019 • 18 minutes, 15 seconds
14.44: Realism vs. Rule-of-Cool
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
Where do you draw the line between what seems plausible, and what would be cool? If you pick "plausible," how do you stay cool? If you pick "cool," how do you avoid knocking the readers out of the story? And finally, how might we structure things so that when the time comes, we don't need to choose one or the other, because we can have both?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and engineered by Alex Jackson
11/3/2019 • 20 minutes, 59 seconds
14.43: Sequencing Your Career Genome
Your Hosts: Howard, Mary Robinette, Dan, and DongWon
Let's talk about career planning. It's a lot more than just launching a career by selling a book, and in this episode we talk about the kinds of things we want to be thinking about and preparing for beyond simply selling our next book or project.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm at WXR 2018, and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/27/2019 • 19 minutes, 25 seconds
14.42: Alternate History
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Margaret, and Howard
Alternate histories (and historical fantasies) are a staple of genre fiction. In this episode we talk about the worldbuilding process, the tools we use, and the pitfalls we try to avoid when constructing these kinds of stories.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/20/2019 • 20 minutes, 48 seconds
14.41: History
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mahtab
Let's make history! In this episode we talk about doing exactly that—creating real-feeling histories for secondary world settings. We discuss the resources we turn to, the pitfalls we try to avoid, and the places where we think the history has been done really well.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/13/2019 • 17 minutes, 48 seconds
14.40: Deep vs. Wide
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
How do you decide between digging one really deep, narrow well, and digging one really wide, shallow ocean? In this episode we talk about our desires to build worlds which appear both vanishingly wide and unplumbably deep, when we have time to do neither.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/6/2019 • 19 minutes, 14 seconds
14.39: Positioning Your Book in the Marketplace
Your Hosts: Howard, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Dongwon
"Positioning feels like the most important question in all of publishing." — DongWon Song
In this episode we talk about how to ask and answer the question of positioning, which is "who is this book for?"
Credits: This episode was recorded before a live audience aboard Liberty of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/29/2019 • 18 minutes, 53 seconds
14.38: Volunteer Opportunities for Writers, with Jared Quan
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard, with special guest Jared Quan
Jared Quan serves as a volunteer on several non-profit boards, and joined us to talk about the opportunities that exist for writers. Administration, leadership, writing and editing, and teaching are just a few of the many kinds of roles available for volunteers.
Credits: This episode was recorded live at LTUE by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
9/22/2019 • 20 minutes, 11 seconds
14.37: Outlandish Impossibilities
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
Some science fiction and fantasy stories arise from a premise which, under even just rudimentary examination, appear utterly ridiculous. And some of these stories are hugely successful. In this episode we talk about how we manage our worldbuilding when the goal is less about building a world which works, and more about getting the audience to buy in on something outlandish so we can get on with our story.
Liner Notes: "Went With The Wind" begins about two minutes into this full episode of the Carole Burnett Show
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/15/2019 • 22 minutes, 57 seconds
14.36: Languages and Naming
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mahtab
How do we come up with names? How do we do it in ways that enhance our worldbuilding? What are the elements that give our invented naming schemes (even the zany ones with lots of syllables and apostrophes) verisimilitude?
In this episode we talk about some of the tricks we've used, the pitfalls we've avoided, and conlangs in general.
Liner Notes: In Episode 12.51 we discuss Conlangs ("constructed languages")with Dirk Elzinga.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/8/2019 • 19 minutes, 35 seconds
14.35: What You Leave Out
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
The advice commonly given to writers is to worldbuild an iceberg, but only to show the reader the tip. This is still too much work. Icebergs are big.
In this episode we talk about worldbuilding the tip of the iceberg, and then worldbuilding as little as possible of the rest of the iceberg so that the tip behaves correctly.
9/1/2019 • 18 minutes, 31 seconds
14.34: Author Branding
Your Hosts: Howard, Mary Robinette, Dan, and DongWon
Authors have brands whether they want to have them or not. It's a simple principle of marketing, and the better we understand that principle, the better able we are to control how it affects our careers.
In this episode we talk marketing, and freely use terms like "relationship marketing," "authentic experience," and "brand loyalty," despite the fact that sometimes these words make our inner artists cringe.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
8/25/2019 • 23 minutes, 21 seconds
14.33: Writing Imperfect Worlds
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Margaret, and Howard
How do you write a setting in which the status quo is one with which you deeply disagree? How do you create a conflict of this sort without being overtly pedantic or preachy? In this episode we talk about creating engaging worlds while worldbuilding around—and yes, over—landmines.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/18/2019 • 20 minutes, 36 seconds
Worldbuilding Gender Roles
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Margaret, and Howard
Let's talk about worldbuilding with gender roles. Most of us have grown up with a very strongly defined binary, that distinction need not be how we craft the worlds in which we set our stories. In this episode we discuss the resources we have to help us, and the approaches we've taken to worldbuild with gender in our own work. We drill down pretty deeply on some worldbuilding with Brandon, and yes, we run quite long.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes
Axes of Power spreadsheet
pronoun.is,
#ownvoices,
#nonbinary
8/11/2019 • 33 minutes, 23 seconds
14.31: Cultural Setting as Conflict
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mahtab
In this episode we talk about how to put characters in conflict with their setting, and how to structure our work so that these conflicts arise organically rather than feeling mandated by plot.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and master by Alex Jackson
8/6/2019 • 19 minutes, 17 seconds
14.30: Eating Your Way to Better Worldbuilding
Your Hosts: Piper, DongWon, Amal, and Maurice
We like food, and we like to talk about food. Our hosts this week talk about how this influences their fiction, (not to mention how incredibly complex [and interesting, and delicious] the subject is.)
Credits: this episode was recorded by Howard Tayler, and mastered by Alex Jackson
7/28/2019 • 25 minutes, 22 seconds
14.29: Field Research
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Margaret, and Howard
So, you're going to go someplace and learn something you can't learn in any other way. Maybe it's location research for setting. Maybe you're off to interview an expert. Whatever you're planning, you need to be planning it well. In this episode we discuss the field research we've done, how we went about it, and how we might do it differently.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
EPISODE ORDER NOTE: As of this writing, episode 14.28's web-sized audio file isn't ready. We'll run it next week, and eventually swap the dates to get 14.29 and 14.28 in the right order.
7/21/2019 • 19 minutes, 11 seconds
14.28: Warfare and Weaponry
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mahtab
How do you write about warfare in your stories when you've never fought in a war? How do you describe brilliant tactics when you're completely untrained in military movements? How can you portray the emotions of someone on a battlefield without having been on a battlefield yourself?
In this episode we tackle these questions and more. (Hint: the answers include "research")
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
7/14/2019 • 18 minutes, 42 seconds
14.27: Natural Setting as Conflict
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
In this episode we stories with the "Person-vs-Setting" structure. These are stories where nature fills the role of antagonist, and may also be what governs the pacing, and the delivery of key emotional beats.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
7/7/2019 • 19 minutes, 13 seconds
14.26: Lessons from Aristotle, with Rob Kimbro
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, and Dan, with special guest Rob Kimbro
Rob Kimbro joins us this week to talk about Aristotle's elements of tragedy, and how they might be applied to our writing. The six elements are (in Aristotle's order of descending importance): plot, character, idea, dialog, music, and spectacle. We discuss this tool in terms of critiquing existing work, and in finding direction in the things we create.
Credits: this episode was recorded by Howard Tayler, and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/30/2019 • 17 minutes, 3 seconds
14.25: Choosing Your Agent
Your Hosts: Howard, Mary Robinette, Dan, and DongWon
Guest-host Dongwon Song joined us at WXR 2018 as an instructor, and gave great advice regarding the business side of working as an author. In this episode he takes us through a conversation about choosing an agent.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/23/2019 • 22 minutes, 5 seconds
14.24: Political Intrigue
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Margaret, and Howard
Political Intrigue stories are less about "politics" (as colloquially defined by pop culture) and more about mysteries. Per Mary Robinette, they're often like heists of information. The word "politics" here is used in its purest sense: POWER.
In this episode we talk about how we worldbuild for stories in which the flow of information and misinformation affect the shift of power, and how to craft those stories so they're, well... intriguing instead of being boring.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/16/2019 • 17 minutes, 6 seconds
14.23: Governments Large and Small
Answering questions about the power structures you live within can help you with the worldbuilding of politics in the fiction you write.
6/9/2019 • 18 minutes, 53 seconds
14.22: Characters out of Their Depth
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
Sherlock Holmes has his Watson for a reason. Readers need a character to whom some things must be explained. In this episode we talk about how we create these gateway characters without delivering "maid and butler" dialog, or talking down to the reader.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/2/2019 • 17 minutes, 50 seconds
14.21: Writing The Other — Yes, You Can!
Your Hosts: Dan, Tempest, and DongWon
The single most asked question we get on the subject of writing cultures other than our own is some variation on "can we even DO this anymore?"
Short answer: YES, YOU CAN.
Our objective with this episode is to encourage you to put in the work, do the research, and write outside of your culture or personal experience. At risk of sounding cliché, it's not easy, but it's worth it.
5/26/2019 • 22 minutes, 19 seconds
14.20: Allegory in Fiction
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Margaret, and Howard
What is an allegory, anyway? This episode probably won't settle that question, but we did manage a discussion on how to use our stories to teach things, or be stand-ins for things, and to do it in the ways that allegories and/or parables might.
We talk about some famous allegories, some things whose authors insisted were not allegorical, and the possible pitfalls of didacticism.
Credits: This episode was engineered by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson.
5/19/2019 • 17 minutes, 30 seconds
14.19: Religion and Ritual
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mahtab
We often worldbuild religions and rituals for the stories we create. In this episode we discuss the decisions surrounding this, and our approaches for doing it well.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
5/12/2019 • 18 minutes, 1 second
14.18: Setting as Theme
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
Theme is one of those high-falutin' concepts we're often reluctant to approach in a nuts-and-bolts sort of way. In this episode we'll talk about how our themes can be communicated through elements of our settings, deepening reader engagement with the things we write.
We offer examples from our own work, and from things we've watched or read which have done this in ways that resonated well for us.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Rob Kimbro, and mastered by Alex Jackson
5/5/2019 • 18 minutes, 15 seconds
14.17: It’s Like “Car Talk” meets “Welcome To Nightvale”
Your Hosts: Howard, Mary Robinette, Dan, and DongWon
This episode is about comp titles (comparative titles), which are those things you use to describe your project in terms of other works. We discuss the ones we've used (both successfully and unsuccessfully), and the criteria we use to come up with good ones.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
4/28/2019 • 18 minutes, 14 seconds
14.16: Your Setting is a Telegraph
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Margaret, and Howard
Your setting can quickly tell the reader what kind of a story they're reading, and in this episode we'll talk about how we make that happen. Think of it as the "establishing shot" principle from film making, expanded to cover whatever worldbuilding details we choose to reveal first.
Liner Notes: Here are the Schlock Mercenary Book 19 prologues Howard described, complete with the footnotes which make fun of prologues.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
4/21/2019 • 16 minutes, 32 seconds
14.15: Technology
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mahtab
We've spent a lot of time talking about magic systems in our worldbuilding. It's time to talk about science and technology in that same way. This has been a staple (perhaps the defining staple) of science fiction since before "science fiction" was a word.
At risk of opening the "where do you get your ideas" can of worms, this episode covers a little bit of where we get our ideas, and where you might get—and subsequently develop—some more of yours.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
4/14/2019 • 19 minutes, 12 seconds
14.14: When To Tell
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
"Show, don't tell," they tell us. Except sometimes showing is not always the best thing to do. Or even the right thing to do. Sometimes we should be telling. In this episode we'll tell you about telling. (We'd show you about telling, but we still don't have a video feed.)
Credits: This episode was recorded by Rob Kimbro, and mastered by Alex Jackson
4/7/2019 • 16 minutes, 42 seconds
WX 14.13: Obstacles vs. Complications
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Margaret, and Howard
What's the difference between an obstacle and a complication? Margaret Dunlap takes the lead on this episode for us, giving us the tools we need to create 'impediments to main character progress' which will drive our stories across page turns (and commercial breaks) in compelling, twisty ways.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
3/31/2019 • 16 minutes, 11 seconds
14.12: Writing The Other — Latinx Representation
Your Hosts: Dan Wells, Tempest Bradford, DongWon Song, and Julia Rios
Julia Rios joins us to talk about writing characters who come from one of the many Latin-American cultures or subcultures. "Latinx" is a catch-all term for people with Latin-American heritage, including mixed-race people. In this episode we talk about mash-up cuisine, intersectionality, and how to navigate the subtleties to find the specific cultural elements which will help you create Latinx characters.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
3/24/2019 • 20 minutes, 21 seconds
14.11: Magic Without Rules
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Margaret, and Howard
When we say "without rules" we're talking about stories whose magic is not held under logical scrutiny for the reader. There are lots of reasons why you might do this, and in this episode we'll talk about not just about the why, but also the how.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson
3/17/2019 • 20 minutes, 18 seconds
14.10: Magic Systems
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mahtab
Let's design magic systems! We talk about how we do it, and how the principles of magic system design apply to the science fiction systems we create, and vice-versa.
NOTE: In this episode we're talking about "hard" magic systems, where there are well-defined rule sets (even if the reader isn't shown them explicitly.) Next week we'll talk about "soft" magic.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson.
3/10/2019 • 18 minutes, 28 seconds
14.9: Showing Off
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
Let's infodump without infodumping. Let's deliver lots of exposition without sounding expository. Let's talk with the maid and the butler without having maid-and-butler dialog.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Benjamin Hewett, and mastered by Alex Jackson
3/3/2019 • 23 minutes, 40 seconds
14.8: Worldbuilding Q&A #1
Your Hosts: Howard, Mary Robinette, Dan, and DongWon
We invited attendees at WXR 2018 to ask us some general worldbuilding questions. Here's what they asked:
What cultural stuff do you need to know during the writing process?
How do you treat overlaps between real-world religions and fictional religions when the fictional religions are part of the story's fundamental conflict?
How much worldbuilding do you have figured out before you start your first draft, and how much do you discover on the fly?
What's the point in a book beyond which you shouldn't introduce big worldbuilding elements?
How do you ensure that the world comes through as a character of its own?
How much change to terminology is too much?
Credits: This episode was recorded live by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
2/24/2019 • 25 minutes, 19 seconds
14.7: How Weird is Too Weird?
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Margaret, and Howard
How weird, how far outside the realm of what the reader feels to be familiar, is too weird? Where is the line beyond which the fantasy is too fantastic, the unreal too unrealistic, or the aliens too alien? In this episode we discuss finding that line, and with the tools at our disposal, possibly moving it.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson.
2/17/2019 • 15 minutes, 55 seconds
14.6: Fantasy and Science Fiction Races
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mahtab
Let's talk about race, sort-of. Let's talk about creating races—species of people, really—which is a critically important activity in much of our worldbuilding. In this episode we discuss a few of the pitfalls, some of our own techniques, and a few of our favorite alien¹ races.
¹Can of Worms: It's likely you'll subconsciously code your creations after people who are "other" to you. This is both fraught and inescapable, but we don't want to discourage you from trying. On May 26th we'll go into detail telling you "yes, you can," in a Writing The Other episode entitled "Yes You Can."
2/10/2019 • 16 minutes, 37 seconds
14.5: Viewpoint as Worldbuilding
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
When you're defining your world for the reader, some voice in the text must speak those definitions. This episode is about how we use character voices—their dialog and their narrative view points—to worldbuild. What do they see? How do they perceive it? What are their favorite jokes? What do they say when they swear?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Benjamin Hewett, and mastered by Alex Jackson
2/3/2019 • 17 minutes, 31 seconds
14.03: Writing the Other—Bisexual Characters
Your Hosts: Dan, Tempest, DongWon, and TJ
This is the first of our Writing The Other episodes, in which we set out to help writers portray people who are unlike them. In this episode we're joined by T.J. Berry. She walks us through the language and terminology of bisexuality.
1/27/2019 • 18 minutes, 35 seconds
14.03: World of Hats
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Margaret, and Howard
Margaret Dunlap joins us during season 14 to talk about worldbuilding. In this, her first episode with us, we talk about worlds in which a monolithic culture (like, say, 'everyone wears hats') is represented. We cover how to use the trope to your advantage, and how to avoid the trope if it's going to cause problems.
1/20/2019 • 17 minutes, 55 seconds
14.02: Geography and Biomes
Your Hosts: Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mahtab
Mahtab Narsimhan joins us this year for a dozen episodes on worldbuilding, and this week we're talking about geography and biomes. These pieces of our settings can be central to the stories we tell, but they can also be backdrops, and the story purposes they serve may determine which tools we use to describe them.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
1/13/2019 • 18 minutes, 47 seconds
14.01: Worldbuilding Begins! Up Front, or On the Fly?
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
Season 14 is all about worldbuilding¹, and we're kicking it off with a discussion of when you do that bit of work. Do you handle worldbuilding before you write the story, as you write the story, or after you've finished the story? We'll talk about how we do it, and the benefits and drawbacks of each approach.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Benjamin Hewett, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
¹ The question of whether this term should be a closed compound (worldbuilding), an open compound (world building), or hyphenated (world-building) is an open one. Our decision to use the closed compound "worldbuilding" in our episode descriptions this year is a matter of personal preference.
1/6/2019 • 21 minutes, 11 seconds
13.52: Working Dad is a Spaceman
Your Hosts: Howard, Mary, and Dan, with NASA astronaut Thomas Marshburn.
Last week's episode may have sounded like the last one for 2018, but that's an artifact of December having five Sundays rather than four. Fifth Sundays are our "wildcards," and something wild seems like a nice way to round out the year.
Tom Marshburn, who is both spaceman and parent, talks to us about what it's like to be both.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Ben Hewett, and mastered by Alex Jackson
12/30/2018 • 20 minutes, 55 seconds
13.51: Wrap-up on the Year of Character
Your Hosts: Brandon, Valynne, Dan, and Howard
We decided to wrap up this year on character by letting Brandon ask us some deep questions. "We decided" might be the wrong phrase, because nobody except Brandon knew what the questions were, so it might be more accurate to say "we rolled with it."
It rolled quite nicely.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson. It was posted to the web by Howard, who is also the one who didn't post until twenty-eight hours and twenty-minutes after he should have.
12/25/2018 • 25 minutes, 26 seconds
13.50: What Writers Get Wrong, with Zoraida Córdova
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard, with special guest Zoraida Córdova
Zoraida Córdova, an award-winning author of urban fantasy, was born in Ecuador and grew up in Queens. She joins us to talk about what writers get wrong (and what they can get right and do well) when portraying latinas in the United States.
Credits: This episode was recorded live at FanX Salt Lake (formerly "Salt Lake Comic-Con") by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
Liner Notes:
The comic book Howard referenced is Guardians of Infinity #3, (2016), which features a back-up story entitled "Yo Soy Groot."
Peggy Whitson is the astronaut Mary referenced. As of this writing, she holds the record for longest single spaceflight by an American.
12/16/2018 • 20 minutes, 23 seconds
13.49: How to Finish
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Amal, and Maurice
Last week we talked about character death. This week we talk about other, less fatal ways in which a character story can be finished, and how we, as writers, can tell when we're done with a character arc.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
12/9/2018 • 19 minutes, 24 seconds
13.48: Character Death and Plot Armor
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
The characters we create are not all destined for long lives. Sure, some are, but a great many of them are on paths that will end in an abrupt fatality of one kind or another, and in this episode we'll talk about how we choose which characters to put on those paths, and how those paths might be shaped.
We also talk about characters who walk perilous paths and emerge unscathed (sometimes thanks less to their pluck and wit, and more due to plot armor.)
Liner Notes:"The Worshipful Society of Glovers" can be found here at Uncanny Magazine .
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson.
12/2/2018 • 20 minutes, 15 seconds
13.47: Q&A on Fixing Characters
Your Hosts: Brandon, Valynne, Dan, and Howard
You had questions about fixing character problems. We had had answers! Here are the questions:
How do you fix character voices when you find out that two of them are too similar?
How can you tell if a character is, in fact, the problem?
How do you maintain interest in a character who is largely inactive?
How do you write interesting bad guys when your only POV characters are the good guys?
How do you give meaningful challenges to a powerful character?
How can you make a normal, everyday character interesting?
How do you edit an existing manuscript to give characters interests which mesh with the plot?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson.
11/25/2018 • 18 minutes, 43 seconds
13.46: The Unsexy Side of Space, with Bart Smith and Ben Hewett
Your Hosts: Howard, Mary Robinette, and Dan, with special guests Bart Smith and Ben Hewett
When we talk about space travel we're usually talking about rocket scientists and astronauts. In this episode we spoke with our guests Bart Smith and Ben Hewett, about the "unsexy" (read: possibly boring but don't be deceived) side of the space program—budgeting, logistics, and procurement. RFI and RFP, with toilets, hammers, and business cards; that's this episode.
(For those unfamiliar with the above TLAs [three letter acronyms], RFI and RFP stand for Request for Information and Request for Proposal.)
11/18/2018 • 27 minutes, 24 seconds
NaNoWriMo 2018 Bonus Episode, with Mercedes Lackey
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard, with special guest Mercedes Lackey
NaNoWriMo 2018 is half-way over today. Are you stuck? Do you need to get unstuck? Mercedes Lackey joined us at GenCon Indy back in 2017 to talk about writer's block, and how it's very likely a symptom of something else. In this episode we discuss the interpretation of those symptoms, and how we go about solving the root problems.
11/15/2018 • 16 minutes, 43 seconds
13.45: Next Level Narration
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Amal, and Maurice
Narration is that stuff which tells your story, but isn't dialog. It's the voice of your narrator, and it might be multiple voices depending on how you're handling point of view. In this episode we'll talk about the things you can do to challenge yourself and level up your narration.
11/11/2018 • 21 minutes, 40 seconds
NaNoWriMo 2018 Mini-Episode 2
Your Mini-Episode Hosts: Amal El-Mohtar and Maurice Broaddus, with Special Asides from Mary Robinette Kowal
We're a week in to NaNoWriMo. If you're scared of it, Amal is here to tell you that it's okay to feel that way, Maurice is here with the encouraging words "consequence-free."
11/7/2018 • 2 minutes, 35 seconds
13.44: Alien Characters
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
As writers of speculative fiction we are frequently tasked with writing a species or race of alien people. In this episode we talk about some of the tricks we use to create non-human characters in ways that make them both comprehensible and compelling, and the pitfalls we seek to avoid in the process.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson.
11/4/2018 • 18 minutes, 34 seconds
NaNoWriMo 2018 Mini-Episode 1
Your Mini-Episode Hosts: Brandon, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Howard
Back in 2017 we recorded a bonus episode for National Novel Writing Month (NaNoWriMo) and then forgot to air it. Here, then, in the spirit of never throwing anything away, is a spot of motivation which is both timely AND one year late.
10/31/2018 • 5 minutes, 18 seconds
13.43: Characters Who Are Smarter Than You Are
Your Hosts: Howard, Mary Robinette, Dan, and Amal
Many of us write characters who know more than we know, and/or who think faster than we do. Writing those characters is tricky. In this episode we talk about our own tricks, and the tricks we've seen others use.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
10/28/2018 • 25 minutes, 34 seconds
13.42: Writing Excuses Talks to an Astronaut, with Special Guest Kjell Lindgren
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard, with special space-guest Kjell Lindgren
Kjell Lindgren, flight surgeon, Expedition 44/45, joined us for an episode that perhaps should have been called "we ask the space-man all of the things." We asked him stuff that we wanted to know more about, and came away richer for the experience.
If there's just one technical term worth bringing home from this episode, it's "expeditionary behavior." It's the sort of thing that can make us all richer for the experience.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Benjamin Hewett at the Johnson Space Center in Houston, and mastered by Alex Jackson at Writing Excuses Mission Control in Chicago.
BONUS: NASA invited us back to be on THEIR show, Houston We Have a Podcast, and that episode went live about three days before this did. More Kjell Lindgren!
10/21/2018 • 18 minutes, 25 seconds
13.41: Fixing Character Problems, Part II
Your Hosts: Brandon, Amal, Mary, and Maurice
This is the second of our pair of episodes in which we talk about how we, your hosts, fix the problems we've identified with the characters in our work.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
10/14/2018 • 22 minutes, 36 seconds
13.40: Fixing Character Problems, Part I
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
This is the first of two episodes in which we'll talk about how we, your hosts, fix the problems we've identified with the characters in our work.
Credits: this episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/7/2018 • 16 minutes, 6 seconds
13.39: What Writers Get Wrong, With Wendy Tolliver
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard, with special guest Wendy Tolliver
Wendy skis, and snowboards, and writes YA novels. She is also the parent of three, one of whom suffers from mental illness. She joined us to talk about how writers can do a better job of depicting it, and how to avoid the pitfalls and the harmful cliches.
Credits: This episode was recorded live at Salt Lake Fan X by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/30/2018 • 17 minutes, 47 seconds
13.38: How to Find and Use Alpha Readers
Your Hosts: Brandon, Valynne, Dan, and Howard
We begin by making a useful distinction between alpha and beta reader: the alpha reader is an industry professional, while the beta reader is a stand-in for the eventual audience of readers. We then set about discussing how to find alpha readers, and how to employ them in order to make your work better.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/23/2018 • 20 minutes, 17 seconds
13.37: What Writers Get Wrong, with J.Y. Yang
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary, Aliette, and Howard with special guest J.Y. Yang
J.Y. Yang is a Hugo-nominated short story writer from Singapore who identifies as non-binary. They joined us to talk about this non-binary identification, and how writers can do a better job of depicting it (beyond simply using non-gendered pronouns.)
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/16/2018 • 20 minutes, 6 seconds
13.36: Confronting the Default
Your Hosts: Brandon, Amal, Mary, and Maurice
If you live in the northern hemisphere, inland, perhaps above the 40th parallel, you are probably quite sure that there are four distinct seasons. There are, however, many, many people for whom "seasons" are things that happen to other people.
This is the conflict between your default and the rest of the world, and in this episode we'll talk about confronting your default.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
9/9/2018 • 18 minutes, 17 seconds
13.35: Cliché vs. Archetype
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
Tropes, archetypes, and even cliches are tools in our toolboxes. There's no avoiding them, but there are definitely ways to use them incorrectly. In this episode we'll talk about how we shake off our fear of using tropes through understanding how they work.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
9/2/2018 • 20 minutes, 29 seconds
13.34: Q&A on Character Arcs
Your Hosts: Brandon, Valynne, Dan, and Howard
You had questions. We came up with answers. The questions are below:
How do you fulfill promises about character arcs without being cliché? How do you subvert character tropes without betraying the reader?
Do you need to complete each character arc in a single story featuring multiple characters?
What separates an iconic character from a caricature?
Have you ever had an iconic character necessarily become a character in need of an arc?
How do you continue a character's story after they've completed their original arc?
How much does a character need to change in their arc?
8/26/2018 • 19 minutes, 17 seconds
13.b1: Bonus Episode — Elephants and Death, with Lawrence Schoen
Your Hosts: Howard and Dan, with special guest Lawrence Schoen
Lawrence Schoen, clinical psychologist, cognitive hypnotist, small press publisher, Klingon language expert, and novelist, joined us at GenCon Indy for a bonus episode about elephants and death.
Howard and Lawrence both write uplifted elephants into their stories, and their stories also feature death as a theme, so this is a closer fit than it may seem to be at first blush.
Liner Notes: This episode was recorded in 2016, and after falling through the cracks (thanks in no small part to being below the fold on a spreadsheet), was rescheduled to coincide with the release of Moons of Barsk, Lawrence's second novel in the uplifted-elephant setting.
Credits: This episode was mastered by Alex Jackson, and was made possible by our Patreon supporters
8/22/2018 • 18 minutes, 10 seconds
13.33: Reading Outside the Box
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary, Aliette, and Howard, with Kristie Claxton
Kristie Claxton joined us at WXR 2017 to talk about reading outside of the spaces where we're comfortable and familiar. Specifically, we focused on how to learn about people who are not you by reading stories by and about them.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/19/2018 • 20 minutes, 41 seconds
13.32: How To Handle Weighty Topics
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Amal, and Maurice
How can we, as writers, best handle weighty matters? This is our year on character, so we'll approach this with a focus on character creation, depiction, and dialog?
This topic is, in and of itself, weighty.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/12/2018 • 30 minutes
13.31: Learning to Listen as a Writer
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
"Write what you know" gets misapplied a lot. In this episode we'll talk about how to know things by listening well. In particular, we're looking at writing interesting characters by listening to real people.
We also talk about the more formal act of interviewing people¹, and how to deal with the attendant complexities.
Liner Notes: Mary references her interviewing of rocket scientists and astronauts, which we just talked about last week. When this episode was recorded the JPL trip was still in our future, and was "will have been" extremely cool.
Comment Notes: The audio file wasn't correctly linked until Tuesday. The irony of the our "how to listen" episode having exactly zero "listen" buttons is not lost on anyone.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and engineered by Alex Jackson. Their fine work was obscured from public view by the careless hands of Howard Tayler.
8/5/2018 • 20 minutes, 46 seconds
13.30: Project in Depth, THE CALCULATING STARS, with Kjell Lindgren
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, and Dan, with Kjell Lindgren
Spoiler Alert! If you haven't yet read The Calculating Stars: A Lady Astronaut Novel, by Mary Robinette Kowal, you may wish to rectify that prior to listening.
In this episode we go into great depth on Mary's novel with the expert technical help of NASA astronaut Kjell Lindgren, who was one of Mary's consulting readers. Like most of our project-in-depth episodes this one runs long. Longer still because we were at JSC in Houston, which was incredibly cool for all of us, so nobody was watching the clock.
Liner Notes: The reference to "Type 2" fun comes from an as-yet-unpublished episode. Type 1 fun is fun in the moment. Type 2 fun is fun to talk about later. Maybe much, much later.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Benjamin Hewett, and mastered by Alex Jackson
7/29/2018 • 31 minutes, 22 seconds
13.29: Iconic Heroes
Your Hosts: Brandon, Valynne, Dan, and Howard
The term "iconic hero" allows us to differentiate between different kinds of heroes who appear in series. Nancy Drew and Conan the Barbarian are iconic, but Leia Organa and Aragorn are epic. In this episode we discuss how (and why) to go about writing a hero with no arc.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
7/22/2018 • 18 minutes, 33 seconds
13.28: What Writers Get Wrong, with Wildstyle
At GenCon Indy 2017 we were joined by Wildstyle (@MrWildstyle on Twitter), who wears many hats, and many of the hats he wears are donned in service of producing hip-hop.
One of the most interesting revelations (especially for Howard, whose background in audio engineering predates MP3 technology by half a decade) was just how many hats there are. The role of producer in the hip-hop scene may include the roles of audio engineer, composer, and and even musician.
Liner Notes: For a deeper look at Wildstyle's work, search Soundcloud for "Wildstyle DaProducer." He's been producing for a year since this episode was recorded.
7/15/2018 • 17 minutes, 6 seconds
13.27: Characters as Foils
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Amal, and Maurice
A foil is a character who serves as a contrast to another character. The foil might be a sidekick, an antagonist, a romantic interest, or really any other character who gets enough focus for the contrast to be useful.
In this episode we talk about foils, offering examples, and our approaches for writing foils in our own work.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson, neither of whom serves as a foil to the other.
7/8/2018 • 18 minutes, 52 seconds
13.26: Character Relationships
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
Our characters become far more interesting when they begin interacting with each other. These interactions—these relationships—are often how our stories get told. In this episode we explore ways in which we can fine tune relationships in service of our stories.
The tools include the Kowal Relationship Axes (Mind, Money, Morals, Manners, Monogamy, and The Marx Brothers) and the differences between personal and position power.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson
7/1/2018 • 21 minutes, 23 seconds
13.25: Our Journey With Character
Your Hosts: Brandon, Valynne, Dan, and Howard
Brandon wanted to ask us how our perspectives on character have changed since the very beginning of our writing. It's a difficult question to answer, and a very soulful sort of thing to answer in front of other people. So Brandon went first while the rest of us racked our brains.
What are you going to learn from this episode? Well... you might learn a bit about each of us, but it's also possible that you'll learn something about your own writing, and find yourself able to navigate the next few steps on your journey with character.
Note: The apology strips Howard mentioned begin with this strip. They are part of a story that begins here.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
6/24/2018 • 18 minutes, 25 seconds
13.24: What Writers Get Wrong, with Piper, Aliette, and Wesley, with special guest Ken Liu
Your Hosts: Piper Drake, Aliette de Bodard, and Wesley Chu, with special guest Ken Liu
Our hosts for this episode are experts in a great many different things. One thing that they have in common is that they're all members of the Asian Disapora, and in this episode we'll learn what kinds of things writers get wrong when writing Asian Diaspora elements, and how we as writers can learn to get those things right.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/17/2018 • 22 minutes, 33 seconds
13.23: Internal Conflicts
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Amal, and Maurice
Internal conflicts, simply put, are problems your characters have with themselves. In this episode we address the ways in which writers can build stories and subplots around internal conflicts, and how we can tell when it's not working.
Notes: the MICE quotient is Milieu, Idea, Character, and Event. Mary's relationship axes are Role, Relationship, Status, and Competence.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/10/2018 • 26 minutes, 44 seconds
13.22: Character Arcs
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
When Mary says we could do fifteen different episodes on character arcs, she's being conservative. Notwithstanding, we set out to talk meaningfully about character arcs in one episode rather than in fifteen (or fifty.) We look at the shapes of these arcs, how they progress in our narratives, and the tools we use to get them to function properly in the context of our larger works.
Notes: Elizabeth Boyle's DREAM tool for plotting character change is easier to remember when written out. So here it is!
Denial
Resistance
Exploration
Acceptance
Manifestation
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/3/2018 • 16 minutes, 9 seconds
13.21: Q&A on Character Depth and Motivation
Your Hosts: Brandon, Valynne, Dan, and Howard
Our listeners submitted some great questions!
How do you fairly and even-handedly write a deeply compelling character you deeply dislike?
What's the best way to discuss a character's underlying motivations without expressly stating them in narrative or dialog?
How well should characters understand their own motivations?
How do you make non-violent characters interesting?
Can there be too much depth to a character?
How do you balance character depth across multiple attributes?
How do you make a character motivation seem deep when most people's motivations are actually pretty shallow?
Do you create standard dossiers for your characters?
Does your story have to have a villain?
How do you know whether or not a character's voice is working?
Do you track words or phrases that are unique to a particular character's voice?
Liner Notes: Brandon mentioned Howard's "Tyrannopotomus Rex" doodle as part of the writing prompt. Here it is, should you need visual reference.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
5/27/2018 • 20 minutes, 7 seconds
13.20: Fear and Writing, with Emma Newman
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary, Aliette, and Howard, with special guest Emma Newman
Emma Newman, author, audio book narrator, and podcaster, joined us on the Baltic sea for WXR 2017, where, six days after a brilliant presentation on overcoming fear, she recorded a session with us on the same topic. The class was just that good.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Bert Grimm, and was mastered by Alex Jackson
5/20/2018 • 19 minutes, 41 seconds
13.19: Backstories
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Amal, and Maurice
Character backstories: these are the tales that describe how the characters in your story became who they are by the time they arrive in the book. How much backstory needs to be written before you start in on the manuscript? How much needs to be in the manuscript itself? And how much backstory is too much?
5/13/2018 • 19 minutes, 32 seconds
13.18: Naturally Revealing Character Motivation
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
What motivates us? What really motivates us? Why? (Note: our motivations are probably not in service of some overarching plot.) How can we use this information to believably motivate characters?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
5/6/2018 • 19 minutes
13.17: What Writers Get Wrong, with Jamahl Crouch
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard, with Jamahl Crouch
Jamahl Crouch (Illusmm1 on Instagram) joined us at the GenCon Indy Writers Symposium to talk about what writers get wrong about street art. Jamahl is many things, and one of those is "street artist."
Jamahl Crouch, pen on sketchbook, GenCon Indy 2017
We discuss the differences between graffiti and street art, where things like commissioned murals fit into the scene, and how the societal pressures (read: "it's not legal to paint on this wall") affect the form.
4/29/2018 • 16 minutes, 17 seconds
13.16: Avoiding Flat Characters
Your Hosts: Brandon, Valynne, Dan, and Howard
For our purposes, the term "flat character" refers to a character who lacks the depth required to maintain reader interest. In this episode we discuss how to avoid putting flat characters front-and-center in our writing, and how we go about fixing manuscripts that have flat character problems.
4/22/2018 • 16 minutes, 42 seconds
13.15: What Writers Get Wrong, with Mike Stop Continues
Recorded live at WXR 2017.
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary, Aliette, and Howard, with special guest Mike Stop Continues
Mike has multiple areas of expertise, but for this episode he's talking to us specifically about the things that writers get wrong about being a gay man.
Credits: This episode was recorded live by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Andrew Jackson.
4/15/2018 • 19 minutes, 4 seconds
13.14: Character Nuance
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Amal, and Maurice
Let's talk about characters who have conflict built right into them; characters whose attributes and attitudes might seem to contradict one another; characters who like, y'know... actual people.
(And let's talk about how to write them.)
4/8/2018 • 17 minutes, 44 seconds
13.13: Character Voice
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
Character voice, the flow, order, and feel of words that is unique to a particular character, is extremely useful in defining characters for the reader. In this episode we discuss our tools for shaping character voices, and the ways in which we make sure each one unique.
Liner Notes: We talked about authorial voice in episode 12.10, and about 1st-person Voice in 12.2.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
4/1/2018 • 23 minutes, 38 seconds
13.12: Q&A on Heroes, Villains, and Main Characters
Your Cast: Brandon, Valynne, Dan, Howard
You had questions about heroes, villains, and main characters. We have answers! Here are the questions:
How do you make planned power increases not seem like an ass-pull¹?
What do you do when your villain is more interesting/engaging than your hero?
How do you know when a character is unnecessary and needs to be removed from the story, or killed off in the story?
What tricks do you use when you want the reader to mistakenly believe a character is a hero, rather than a villain?
Which is more fun for you: creating a villain, or creating a hero?
How many side characters can you reasonably juggle in a novel?
What are the drawbacks to making your villain a POV character?
If your villain doesn't show up until late in the story, how do you make their eventual appearance seem justified?
How do you get readers to like a character who is a jerk?
Liner Footnotes
¹ We hadn't seen "ass-pull," the a nouning² of the idiom "pull it out of your ass³" as a noun before.
² Bill Watterson gave us the verb form of the word "noun" indirectly in the final panel of this strip.
³ For those unfamiliar with the extraction-from-orifice idiom, it means "make it up on the spot," with a negative connotation, suggesting that the reader can TELL that this was invented in a hurry.
3/25/2018 • 17 minutes, 13 seconds
13.11: Writing Secondary Characters, with Charlaine Harris
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard, with special guest Charlaine Harris
Charlaine Harris joined us in front of a live audience at the GenCon Writers Symposium to talk with us about secondary characters—why they're so important, why they can be difficult to write well, and how she brings her secondary characters to life without giving them a POV.
3/18/2018 • 17 minutes, 13 seconds
13.10: Handling a Large Cast
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Amal, and Maurice
What are our favorite techniques for managing large casts of characters, and how do our processes differ from when we're writing small casts? What does "large" and "small" mean for us?
Liner Notes: No, Howard was not in the room. Yes, despite his absence, he was wearing both trousers and pants while he ventured into the wilds to obtain Maurice's character sheet.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson, both of whom have more points in "perception" than most people have points.
3/11/2018 • 23 minutes, 12 seconds
13.9: Quick Characterization
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
How do you go about defining a character for your readers when you don't have many words to devote to the project? What are the tricks for quickly establishing someone's individuality within your story?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
3/4/2018 • 18 minutes, 15 seconds
13.8: Making Characters Distinctive
Your Hosts: Brandon, Valynne, Dan, and Howard
What do we do to make our characters distinctive? Often we categorize the distinctions as flaws or quirks, and in this discussion we use those as our starting points.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
2/25/2018 • 21 minutes, 20 seconds
13.7: What Writers Get Wrong, with Lou Perry
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
Lou Perry joined us in front of a live audience at GenCon Indy to talk about law and courtrooms, and what writers get wrong when setting their stories amid legal procedures.
2/18/2018 • 14 minutes, 56 seconds
13.6: External Conflicts for Characters
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Amal, and Maurice
An external conflict is a story driver that originates outside the protagonist. In this episode a large part of what we'll focus on is person-vs-environment as opposed to person-vs-person. PvE rather than PvP, if you will.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson, both of whom understand that environmental noise is a key external conflict driving their narratives.
2/11/2018 • 20 minutes, 33 seconds
13.5: Villain, Antagonist, Obstacle
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
What's the difference between villains and antagonists? How is an obstacle character different from those other two? How are they alike? And most importantly, how can we use this information to write effective opposition to our heroes, protagonists, and main characters?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
2/4/2018 • 18 minutes, 20 seconds
13.4: Protagonists Who Aren’t Sympathetic
Your Hosts: Brandon, Valynne, Dan, and Howard
This week we're joined by Valynne Maetani, who'll be one of our hosts all year. We're discussing protagonists who, per writer intent, do not engender audience sympathy.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
1/28/2018 • 20 minutes, 5 seconds
13.3: What Writers Get Wrong, with Aliette de Bodard
Your Hosts: Dan, Mary, Aliette, and Howard
This year's third-week episodes will all follow a common theme: "what writers get wrong." Each of these episodes will feature an expert guest who will help us understand what writers get wrong about something in which they have expertise.
Aliette de Bodard will be co-hosting several of these week-three episodes, but this week her role is "subject matter expert." She has several fields of expertise, and among the hats she expertly wears which writers often fail to correctly describe is a hat labeled "motherhood" (note: not an actual hat.)
Credits: This episode was recorded at WXR 2017 in the Baltic Sea by Bert Grimm, and mastered on dry land by Alex Jackson
1/21/2018 • 22 minutes, 15 seconds
13.2: Writing Active Characters
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Amal, and Maurice
This week we welcome Amal El-Mohtar and Maurice Broaddus to the Writing Excuses cast for a discussion of active characters. We cover characters who move stories forward, who make decisions that influence plot-critical events, and whose actions draw the reader into the book.
Liner Notes: you'll be hearing from Amal and Maurice during the second week of each month of 2018. And if Maurice sounds familiar, he joined us at GenCon for episode 7.40 back in 2012.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson, and despite the fact that both Andrew and Alex are very active characters we never give them any dialog.
1/14/2018 • 19 minutes, 22 seconds
13.1: Hero, Protagonist, Main Character
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
2018 is our Year of Character, and we kick it off with a quick exploration of the differences between heroes, protagonists, and main characters. Beginning with addressing the question "wait, aren't they all the same person?" Because that's the elephant in the room. Or maybe it's three elephants. Or two. Sometimes there's no elephant, and if you look carefully you can see an elephant-shaped hole, which is probably more like a negative number of elephants.
Liner Notes: We referenced The Hollywood Formula, which was introduced to us by Lou Anders in Episode 6.18. We also keep saying "protag" as a verb, which to us means "doing proactive protagonist things." Howard may have made up this word, but its true provenance has been lost to the mists of anxiety of influence.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Dan Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson. For audio quality purposes the studio contained zero elephants.
1/7/2018 • 17 minutes, 27 seconds
12.53: Writing Excuses True Confessions
It's the end of 2017, so let's talk about the things that we've tried to make work, and failed at. Not things that we tried before arriving at career-level measures of success—things that we've folded, spindled, and/or mutilated since then.
There were a lot of them! This episode runs close to thirty minutes long...
12/31/2017 • 29 minutes, 27 seconds
12.52: Cross-Genres as Gateways
Your Hosts: Brandon, Piper, Howard, and Dan
What are the books which have drawn us from the bookshelf genres where you're the most comfortable into bookshelves you haven't read from? What can we learn about our own writing by reading these gateway books? How can we set about writing them ourselves?
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered at the intersection of Cowboys and the Great Lakes by Alex Jackson
12/24/2017 • 17 minutes, 46 seconds
12.51: Constructed Languages, with Dirk Elzinga
Your Hosts: Howard, Mary, Dan, with guest host Beth Meacham
Dirk Elzinga, an associate professor of linguistics, joined us live at LTUE to talk about constructed languages, and how we, as writers, might go about constructing them for our work.
Liner Notes: The big stack of notes from Dirk required its own page. Below are links to specific tools mentioned during the episode.
Duolingo
Everchanging Book of Names
Credits: This episode was recorded live at LTUE by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson and mastered beneath a pyramid of stone tablet encyclopedias by Alex Jackson.
12/17/2017 • 18 minutes, 51 seconds
12.50: Form and Function
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Mary Anne, and Wesley
How does the shape of your physical medium change the art you're making? What are the tools that affect our storytelling, and what are those effects?
Credits: This episode was recorded in Chicago by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson
12/10/2017 • 22 minutes, 58 seconds
12.49: Non-linear Narratives
We begin the final month of our year on structure with a discussion of non-linear structures. These include flashbacks, POVs that are out of chronological order, and a host of other storytelling techniques.
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
12/3/2017 • 17 minutes, 39 seconds
12.48: Q&A on Novels and Series, with Brian McClellan
Brian McClellan joined us to field questions about writing novels and series. Here are the questions:
How do you write an ending that is open for sequels, but isn't a cliffhanger?
Is it a good idea to take a large novel, and release it instead as serial novellas?
Can you debut with a series, or should you establish yourself with standalone novels first?
How do you keep readers coming back for each new novel when there's a long time between them?
Should you have more than just one book done before querying agents?
What do you do if your novel turns out to be too short to be a novel?
Is it possible to write a series as a discovery writer?
How do you foreshadow big things that are a long way out?
11/26/2017 • 24 minutes, 59 seconds
12.47: Screenwriting and the Writers Room, with JD Payne
Screenwriter JD Payne joined us before a live audience at LTUE to talk about writing for the screen, specifically regarding doing this work with others in a room full of writers.
11/19/2017 • 19 minutes, 16 seconds
12.46: Reinventing Yourself
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Mary Anne, and Wesley
We discuss the idea of "reinventing yourself," which can mean anything from "trying something new" to "completely re-branding yourself as a writer," and how it's a difficult thing to do without figuring out what it actually is that you're currently doing. We talk about how we've done it, how others have done it, and how important it is to continue learning as a writer.
Credits: This episode was recorded in Chicago by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson
11/12/2017 • 21 minutes, 18 seconds
12.45: Structuring a Series
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
Before you can decide on a structure for your series, you may find it helpful to decide what kind of series you're actually building. We talk about a few of the available options, and how each of them affects the structure.
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
11/5/2017 • 23 minutes, 9 seconds
12.44: NaNoWriMo 2017 Primer
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
We're going to share some of our experiences with NaNoWriMo (National Novel Writing Month) in an effort to encourage you to participate in ways that will advance you toward your goals.
Note: After a week, this is the only photo we've found of Wounded Howard. Dan took it, and Howard was clearly putting on "angry face" for show. Also, he doesn't look nearly as pale as any of us remember him looking.
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/29/2017 • 18 minutes, 40 seconds
12.43: Serialized Storytelling
Your Hosts: Brandon, Piper, Dan, and Howard
We're talking about the extreme long-form serial story here, and how to keep things interesting without forcing the main characters into an absurdly high number of character-developing moments. Brandon leads by aiming the question at Howard, since Schlock Mercenary has been running now for seventeen years (it was only 16 at the time we recorded.) We also talk about how long romance serials avoid "sequelitis" by swapping out the love interests, and how the tools used here apply across multiple styles and genres.
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/22/2017 • 22 minutes, 24 seconds
12.42: Adapting Your Stories for Game Play, with Alan Bahr
Your Hosts: Mary, Dan, and Howard, with guest host Beth Meacham
Alan Bahr of Ragnarok Publications, joined us at LTUE 2017 to talk about adapting a licensed property for a game, and preserving the feel of the work while doing so.
Credits: this episode was recorded live at LTUE 2017 by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered by Alex JacksonRecorded
10/15/2017 • 14 minutes, 27 seconds
12.41: Raising the Stakes
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Mary Anne, and Wesley
When we talk about "raising the stakes," we mean making the outcomes of the events in a story increasingly important to the reader. In this episode we talk about the tools we use to raise the stakes in ways that are more sophisticated than just queuing up larger and larger explosions.
Credits: This episode was recorded in Chicago by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/8/2017 • 20 minutes, 15 seconds
12.40: Structuring a Novel
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
What makes something a novel, rather than just a serialized collection of stuff that happens? How do we use structure to turn collections of stuff into something more cohesive? What tools do we use to outline, map, and/or plan our novel writing?
Reference Note: "Scene and sequel" comes to us from Dwight Swain's Techniques of the Selling Writer, first published in 1965 (52 years ago.)
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/1/2017 • 18 minutes, 53 seconds
12.39: Q&A on Short(er) Fiction
Your Hosts: Brandon, Piper, Dan, and Howard
Our listeners sent us some questions about writing shorter fiction. Here are the questions:
How do you market short stories today?
Has ebook self-publishing made novellas more viable?
How do you structure a short story?
How short is too short?
Is publishing sections of a novel a viable way to get traction for that novel?
What should I look for in the semi-pro market if professional publications have rejected my work?
What aspects are crucial in novels, but which don't belong in short fiction.
Publication "reputation" references: Preditors and Editors, Absolute Write, Writer Beware
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/24/2017 • 20 minutes, 1 second
12.38: What Do Editors Really Want, with Toni Weisskopf and Cat Rambo
Your Hosts: Dan and Howard
Toni Weisskopf and Cat Rambo joined Dan and Howard to discuss what it is that editors "really want."
Question To Help You Decide Whether Or Not To Send Your Editor Bad News: "Will this news get better if I wait?"
Credits: this episode was recorded at GenCon Indy 2016, and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/17/2017 • 17 minutes, 13 seconds
12.37: Subplots
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Mary Anne, and Wesley
What makes a plot a subplot? Must subplots and main plots be linked by something more binding than the actual binding of the book?
In this episode we answer these questions, and ask and answer plenty more.
Credits: This episode was recorded in Chicago by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/10/2017 • 20 minutes, 32 seconds
12.36: Structuring a Mid-Length Piece
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
Larger than a short story, smaller than a novel... there's quite a bit of space between those two thresholds, and in this episode we discuss the ways in which we go about filling that space with a well-structured story.
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/3/2017 • 19 minutes, 50 seconds
12.35: Short Fiction Markets, with Spencer Ellsworth and guest host Beth Meacham
Your Hosts: Mary, Dan, and Howard, with guest host Beth Meacham
Spencer Ellsworth and Beth Meacham joined us before a live audience at LTUE 2017 for a discussion of short fiction markets, which ones we love, and why.
Credits: this episode was recorded live at LTUE 2017 Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/27/2017 • 16 minutes, 32 seconds
12.34: Fulfilling the Reader’s Fantasy, with Brian McClellan
Your Hosts: Brandon, Piper, Dan, and Howard
Brian McClellan joins us for a discussion on fulfilling the promises we make to our readers—specifically the genre-specific promises made by the simple fact of where the book is shelved.
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/20/2017 • 20 minutes, 8 seconds
12.33: How to be Brief, Yet Powerful
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Mary Anne, and Wesley
We've talked about some of the structural guidelines for short stories. In this episode we'll discuss how to write in the short form while still putting down enough words to convey the story powerfully.
Credits: This episode was recorded in Chicago by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/13/2017 • 20 minutes, 35 seconds
12.32: Structuring a Short Piece
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
We begin our exploration of short story structure with a re-cap of the MACE quotient (Milieu, Ask/Answer, Character, Event). Then we apply that tool to how we structure the pieces we write—specifically the short ones.
Liner Notes: Here's "Evil Robot Monkey" by Mary Robinette Kowal
And here's a handy MICE quotient chart!
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/6/2017 • 22 minutes, 3 seconds
12.31: What Makes a Good Monster, with Courtney Alameda
Your Hosts: Howard, Mary, and Dan, with guest host Susan Chang
Courtney Alameda joined us at LTUE 2017 to talk monsters, and what makes the best ones so good. We discuss some of our favorites, and how the criteria we apply to them can be applied in the creation of monsters of our own.
Credits: this episode was recorded live at LTUE 2017 by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
7/30/2017 • 17 minutes, 48 seconds
12.30: Tools for Writers
Your Hosts: Brandon, Piper, Dan, and Howard
We are often asked what software we use to get our work done. In this episode we answer that question in a bit of detail.
Liner Notes: Here's a linked list of the tools referenced during this episode.
Aeon Timeline
Asana Time Management
Dropbox
Excel
OpenOffice
Scrivener
Wikidpad
Word
WordPerfect
Write or Die
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered via great mastery by Alex Jackson
7/23/2017 • 20 minutes, 44 seconds
12.29: “Oh Crap, the Cops are Here!” with Joe McKinney
Your Hosts: Howard and Dan, with Steve Diamond, and special guest Joe McKinney
We invited Steve Diamond, who has been a guest before, and who has some law enforcement background, to help us grill Joe McKinney, who has tons of that background, and who also happens to be a best-selling author.
This Week's Liner Notes are extensive. Follow the link for a Google Doc, or click here for our local mirror of Lyn Worthen's notes.
Credits: Mastered by Alex Jackson
7/16/2017 • 20 minutes, 49 seconds
12.28: Trimming and Expanding
Revision: it's when you make a too-short piece longer, or a too-long piece shorter.
7/9/2017 • 19 minutes, 46 seconds
12.27: Choosing a Length
We discuss the ways in which we decide upon the length of the stories we write, and at which point(s) in the creative process we make that decision.
7/2/2017 • 21 minutes, 49 seconds
12.26: Q&A on Outlining and Discovery Writing
Your Hosts: Brandon, Piper, Dan, and Howard
Our listeners had questions about outlining and discovery writing. Here are a few of the very best:
Do you outline scenes? How?
How do you know when to STOP outlining something?
How much do you have to know about your character and/or world before you start writing?
What do you to to diagnose and fix a structural problem with a discovery-written draft?
What do you do to 'get into' an outline that you're struggling with.
Are each of your projects similar in terms of procedure?
What are some major indicators that a piece needs more structural work?
Soundbite moment: DAN: "I had to learn the difference between a story, and a bunch of stuff that happens."
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered via great mastery by Alex Jackson
6/25/2017 • 20 minutes, 29 seconds
12.25: Hiring an Editor, with Callie Stoker
Your Hosts: Howard and Dan, with special guest Callie Stoker
Callie Stoker joined Howard and Dan at the World Horror convention to answer our questions about hiring an editor, which is part of the process by which self-published authors build the team of people who will make the manuscript far better than they can make it by themselves.
Credits: Mastered by Alex Jackson
6/18/2017 • 18 minutes, 50 seconds
12.24: Creating Great Outlines
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Mary Anne, and Wesley
How might you go about creating great outlines? There are many processes, and we cover several of them.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson
6/11/2017 • 20 minutes, 46 seconds
12.23: Proposals, Pitches, and Queries
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
Let's talk about selling your stuff. In this episode we discuss query letters, pitches, and proposals—the tools that you use to present your material to people who can pay you for it, and who will partner with you in the task of selling it to the general public.
Liner Notes: This episode pairs very nicely with episode 11.50, "Hand-Selling Your Book," with Michael R. Underwood.
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered deep beneath a rugby pitch by Alex Jackson
6/4/2017 • 21 minutes, 29 seconds
12.22: Hybrid Outlining and Discovery Writing
Your Hosts: Brandon, Piper, Dan, and Howard
What can discovery writers learn from outlining? What can outliners learn from discovery writing? Is there a balance between the two that can serve as a happy, productive place for writers? (summary of answers: lots, lots, and yes-but-not-all-writers.)
5/28/2017 • 18 minutes, 57 seconds
12.21: Narrative Bumper Pool, with Bill Fawcett and Carrie Patel
Your Hosts: Howard and Dan, with special guests Bill Fawcett and Carrie Patel
Bill and Carrie both have extensive experience writing for games, and they joined us at GenCon Indy to talk about writing for an interactive story, like a tabletop RPG, or a video game.
Narrative Bumper Pool: This term comes to us from Tracy Hickman's XDM: X-Treme Dungeon Mastery.
Narrative Bumper Pool from X-TREME DUNGEON MASTERY, used with permission
5/21/2017 • 20 minutes, 26 seconds
12.20: Retrofitting Structure into a First Draft
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Mary Anne, and Wesley
We're speaking again, at least in part, to discovery writers. In this case, we're talking about how to take a non-outlined work and apply a structure to it in revisions.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
5/14/2017 • 21 minutes, 23 seconds
12.19: Structure on the Fly
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
This episode is for you discovery writers, especially those of you for whom our current season of structure seems to be locking you down, or pointing up methods which you just don't like to use. We talk about how these methods, these structural principles, these mechanical advantages in the mental toolbox can be applied during the discovery writing process.
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered on the north face of a dormant volcano by Alex Jackson
5/7/2017 • 19 minutes, 30 seconds
12.18: Gendered Dialect, with J.R. Johansson
Your Hosts: Howard, Mary, and Dan, with guest-host Susan Chang, and special guest J.R. Johannsen
J.R. Johannson joined Howard, Mary, Dan, and guest-host Susan Chang at LTUE 2017 for a discussion of gendered dialect.
We lead with a quick introduction to the Genderlect theory, by Deborah Tannen, which uses a very broad brush to describe key differences between the ways men and women in western societies communicate. We then explore the way some of the individual voices we're familiar with have been influenced through gender role, cultural socialization, and even neuroatypicality.
Our goal in this discussion is to learn to write dialog which serves our stories and our characters, and to do so in a way that both leverages and defies the existing stereotypes.
Liner Notes:
Here is the "My Favorite Murder" Buzzfeed article Susan referenced
Gmail Plugin: Just Not Sorry
4/30/2017 • 19 minutes, 2 seconds
12.17: Q&A on Style, Diction, and Paragraphing
Your Hosts: Brandon, Piper, Dan, and Howard
We fielded some questions on style, diction, and paragraphing:
Is it okay to have pretty prose in a straightforward adventure story?
How do author voice and character voice differ?
How do you prevent paragraphs from rambling?
I feel like my writing is derivative of the writers whose work I read. How can I find or develop my own voice?
How much does diction play into genre fiction?
Is it okay to write in a natural speaking voice?
During which part of the writing process do you pay attention to style?
By Way Of Correction: "Unaccompanied Sonata," by Orson Scott Card, is the story about anxiety of influence. "Tunesmith," by Lloyd Biggle Jr., is about music, and even has the name "Bach" in it, but it's not the story Howard described.
4/23/2017 • 23 minutes, 11 seconds
12.16: Writing Crime Fiction with Brian Keene
Brian Keene joined Dan and Howard at the World Horror Convention to talk about writing crime fiction, including how he goes about getting readers to feel the things he wants them to feel to drive the story forward.
Liner Notes: The Horror Show with Brian Keene
4/16/2017 • 19 minutes, 57 seconds
12.15: Pacing With Chapters
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Mary Anne, and Wesley
What makes a chapter? WHY is a chapter? How do we chapter, and do we always chapter the same way? Should our chapters be this many parts of speech? This episode will answer these questions and more, except for that last question, to which the answer is "probably not."
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
4/9/2017 • 21 minutes, 24 seconds
12.14: Controlling Pacing with Structure
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
Let's talk about the structural tools we use to control pacing. These include sentence length and punctuation.
Also, white-space.
Liner note: Here is the Feb 12, 2017 Schlock Mercenary strip mentioned around the 18-minute mark.
Credits: this episode was recorded in Cosmere House Studios by Dan Dan the Audioman Thompson, and mastered aboard a fleeing generation-ship by Alex Jackson
4/3/2017 • 20 minutes, 26 seconds
12.13: Beautiful Prose, Purple Prose
The rising, golden sun crested the snowcapped eastern mountains, its first morning rays pouring like molten lemon through the window to glisten and gleam from the chrome grille of the studio microphone.
3/26/2017 • 22 minutes, 34 seconds
12.12: Words as Words, with Linda Addison
Your Hosts: Howard and Dan, with Special Guest Linda Addison
Linda Addison joined us at the World Horror Convention in 2016 for a discussion of the shapes and sounds of words as seen from the perspective of the poet, and how this approach can inform our prose.
3/19/2017 • 21 minutes, 7 seconds
12.11: Diction
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Mary Anne, and Wesley
Let's talk about word choice. And when we say "let's" we mean "we're going to talk to you about it. You don't actually get to talk back." So maybe "let's" wasn't the best of the possible openers.
Our discussion covers what we want to say, how specific we need to be, and what we want to evoke in the reader. Sometimes the wrong word is the right one, and the right word is the wrong one.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
3/12/2017 • 19 minutes, 58 seconds
12.10: Developing Your Own, Personal Style
Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard talk about authorial voice, and how to stop being afraid of examining how you "sound" when you write.
3/5/2017 • 19 minutes, 13 seconds
12.9: Q&A on Viewpoint
Brandon, Piper, Dan, and Howard answer listener questions on viewpoint.
2/26/2017 • 25 minutes, 2 seconds
12.8 Short Stories as Exploration, with Tananarive Due
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
Tananrive Due, whose short-fiction expertise is exemplified in her collection, Ghost Summer, joined us on the Oasis of the Seas to talk about how to use short stories to explore aspects of the craft. We discuss the importance of allowing ourselves to fail, and how we can learn from those failures, and continue to push our own limits. We also talk about how we go about pushing those limits, and what we do in order to most effectively explore new techniques.
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
2/19/2017 • 14 minutes, 26 seconds
12.7: Description Through the Third Person Lens
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Mary Anne, and Wesley
The third-person POV lens can be used for simultaneously describing the world to the reader and describing the character. In this episode we'll talk about where we deploy these tools, where the pitfalls are, and how to do it well.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, who heard the AC turn back on, and mastered by Alex Jackson, who was happy to not need to digitally filter the AC out of the mix.
2/12/2017 • 20 minutes, 27 seconds
12.6: Variations on Third Person
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
This episode focuses on the third person POV, and some variations on them, like omniscient and limited, and some sub-variants like cinematic and head-hopping.
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
2/5/2017 • 19 minutes, 13 seconds
12.5: Literary Fiction
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Mary Anne, and Wesley
This week we talk about the genre of Literary Fiction. Our first hurdle is the word "literary" whose use in this context can imply that all other genres are somehow not literature. In that vein, then, we're talking about mainstream, or "non-genre" fiction which is crafted with close attention to the finer points of the prose. After framing our discussion, we dive into the nuts and bolts of writing in the Literary Fiction genre.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
1/29/2017 • 20 minutes, 18 seconds
12.4: Hybrid Viewpoints
Your Hosts: Brandon, Piper, Dan, and Howard, with Sandra Tayler
Piper J. Drake joins the cast for our week-four episodes, of which this is the first. This week we'll be drilling down into hybrid viewpoints—blending 1st and 3rd person, framing stories, stories-within-stories, and unreliable narration—and how to best serve our work with these techniques.
1/22/2017 • 19 minutes, 11 seconds
12.3: Project in Depth, “Risk Assessment,” by Sandra Tayler
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard, with Sandra Tayler
This Project in Depth episode contains spoilers for "Risk Assessment," which is included in Force Multiplication: Schlock Mercenary Book 12. The story was written by Sandra Tayler, and illustrated by Natalie Barahona. Howard handled the writing and illustrating for the framing story, but this episode isn't about that part.
Risk Assessment is a romance wrapped up in an adventure, and is very different from most of the rest of Schlock Mercenary. Have a listen, and Sandra will tell you about it.
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
1/15/2017 • 23 minutes, 44 seconds
12.2: How to Nail Character Voice in First Person
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Mary Anne, and Wesley
This week we talk about character voice, and how to get it right in First Person. This POV is a strong tool for developing memorable characters. We cover sentence structure, linguistic tweaks, accents, and much more, as well as some exercises you can try out to develop these tools.
This week is also your introduction to our Chicago cast. You've already heard from Brandon and Mary; the new voices belong to Mary Anne Mohanraj and Wesley Chu.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Andrew Twiss, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
1/8/2017 • 21 minutes, 27 seconds
12.1: Variations on First Person
Your Hosts: Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard
We're beginning a new season, and during 2017 we will be focusing our topics on structure. We are also going to shake things by expanding our cast a bit. You'll be hearing some new voices soon! They belong to:
Wesley Chu
Piper J. Drake
Mary Anne Mohanraj
We'll post more on that in a few days, but we've already begun updating our "About" page.
This week your hosts are Brandon Sanderson, Mary Robinette Kowal, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler. We spend a few minutes on the administrative stuff above before jumping into January's structural topic, the first person voice, with a discussion of the variations in how that POV is presented. We cover some of the different first person POV styles, what sorts of stories they're often best-suited for, and how we go about writing them well.
Spoiler Alert: Episode 12.3 will feature Sandra Tayler, and is a Project In Depth on her story, "Risk Assessment," which was illustrated by Natalie Barahona and Howard Tayler. It appears in Force Multiplication: Schlock Mercenary Book 12, available direct from Hypernode Media, or through Amazon.
1/1/2017 • 23 minutes, 49 seconds
11.52: Elemental Ensemble Q&A, With Claudia Gray
Claudia Gray joined us aboard Oasis of the Seas to answer our attendees questions about the Elemental Ensemble. Here are the questions:
Can you fit an ensemble into a short story?
What the minimum size for an ensemble? Is there a perfect length?
Can you put a traitor into an ensemble story?
How do I give my ensemble characters equal emotional weight if I only tell the story from a single POV?
How do you introduce your ensemble without infodumping?
If an ensemble is about falling in love with a group of friends, how does killing a character work?
How do you give every character a role in the climax without making it seem like the plot was cut to fit the team?
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
12/24/2016 • 24 minutes, 54 seconds
11.51: Ensemble as a Sub-Genre, with Lynne M. Thomas
Lynne M. Thomas joins us to continue our discussion of the Elemental Ensemble, which is one of our favorite elemental tools. It's not just for heists. It adds interest, emotion, and lots of plot possibilities to everything from sense of wonder to the hard-hitting issue.
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
12/18/2016 • 17 minutes, 2 seconds
11.50: Hand-Selling Your Book to Potential Readers, with Michael R. Underwood
Michael R. Underwood has talked to us about hand-selling books before, but that was about pitching to agents and editors. This time around he's talking about placing your product in the hand of your customer, the reader.
With Michael's help, we cover some specific sales techniques, guidelines for convention displays, and strategies for bookstore appearances, with an eye toward helping you make that sort of activity effective.
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
12/11/2016 • 24 minutes, 6 seconds
11.49: Elemental Ensemble, with Michael Damien Thomas
Michael Damien Thomas, co-publisher and co-editor-in-chief of Uncanny Magazine, joined us for a discussion of the elemental genre that contains most of the stories we refer to as "heists." It's all about a well-rounded cast in which the group relationship is what's pulling us forward.
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
12/4/2016 • 24 minutes, 17 seconds
11.Bonus-04: Fantasy Food, with Elizabeth Bear and Scott Lynch
Elizabeth Bear and Scott Lynch joined Howard and Dan at GenCon Indy to talk about fantasy food, and how we engage our readers' appetites with our fiction. We talk economics, logistics, sensory engagement, and we goof off quite a bit in the process. We might have been hungry at the time. There is good fun to be had here, and plenty of (pun intended) food for thought.
Credits: This episode was mastered by Alex Jackson, and was made possible by the generous support of the GenCon Indy Writer’s Symposium, and the Writing Excuses patrons at Patreon.
11/29/2016 • 17 minutes, 56 seconds
11.48: Elemental Issue Q&A, with DongWon Song
DongWon Song, literary agent with HMLA, joins us for a Q&A on the elemental genre of "Issue." Here are the questions, which were submitted by the attendees at WXR '16:
Can only certain people tackle certain issues in certain stories?
Science Fiction often explores issues by changing the context. Why does this work?
How would you handle an issue story in short fiction?
How do you make sure to research the issue enough without paralyzing yourself with the fear that you cannot do it justice?
How do you convincingly write a position with which you disagree without convincing your readers that you agree with it?
How do you write about a deeply personal issue without making it sound like a personal sob story?
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
11/27/2016 • 22 minutes, 20 seconds
11.47: Issue as a Subgenre, with Steven Barnes
Steven Barnes joins us to tackle Elemental Issue, round two, in which we look at how to address it as a sub-element. He describes the thesis/antithesis approach, and we move then to logical frameworks, and how to avoid making our stories dogmatic.
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
11/20/2016 • 24 minutes, 21 seconds
11.46: Colonialism, with Steven Barnes, Tempest Bradford, DongWon Song, and Shveta Thakrar
Our listeners have been asking for an in-depth, "crunchy" episode on colonialism, and related issues like cultural appropriation, for a couple of years now. Our voices, however, are not the ones our listeners should be hearing on the subject. Finding the right voices has not been easy, but it has been worth it.
This episode runs for over 25 minutes. Steven Barnes, K. Tempest Bradford, DongWon Song, and Shveta Thakrar discuss colonialism with Mary Robinette Kowal.
Brandon, Dan, and Howard simply listened, and learned.
We encourage you to do the same.
Liner notes: Here's the recommended reference reading — "Of Warrior Chiefs and Indian Princesses", Stephanie A. Fryberg, Hazel Rose Markus, Daphna Oyserman, and Joseph M. Stone
Discussion Note: The topics of colonialism and cultural appropriation are controversial in some circles. Our discussion here focuses on how to thoughtfully and sensitively address these matters in our work. We're taking it as a given, then, that this sensitivity is important. In order to best foster that discussion, and out of respect for our guests, comments are being moderated.
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
11/13/2016 • 27 minutes, 2 seconds
11.45: Elemental Issue, with Desiree Burch
For November, our elemental genre is "Issue," and we were joined by actor, writer, and comedian Desiree Burch. The Elemental Issue is similar to the Elemental Idea, but the type of idea being explored is a point of social conflict, like racism, teen pregnancy, or corporate greed. Authors writing Elemental Issue stories raise questions for the readers.
We talk about how to go about writing these without sounding preachy, and without writing polemics.
Soundbite Moment: "The more specific a work gets, the more broadly it relates to other people." —Desiree Burch
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
11/6/2016 • 24 minutes, 30 seconds
11.Bonus-03: Some Books Have Maps in the Front, with Maurice Broaddus, Mur Lafferty, and James Sutter
Three days late for the beginning of NaNoWriMo 2016, here's a bonus episode about maps. Because nothing says "keep writing" like "hey, let's draw a map now!"
Dan and Howard were joined by Maurice Broaddus, Mur Lafferty, and James L. Sutter, who wanted to talk about maps. As Napoleon Bonaparte is rumored to have said prior to invading Russia, "geography is destiny." We talk port dwarves, rolling glaciers, star systems, and more.
Liner links:
Logarithmic star map
Tolkien's map of Middle Earth
Center-Pivot Irrigation (75 years old, not 50 as Howard said)
Credits: This episode was mastered by Alex Jackson, and was made possible by the generous support of the GenCon Indy Writer’s Symposium, and the Writing Excuses patrons at Patreon.
11/3/2016 • 19 minutes, 45 seconds
11.Bonus-02: Horrifying the Children, with Darren Shan
Happy Halloween! Darren Shan talks horror with us in this bonus episode, made possible by our Patreon supporters.
11/1/2016 • 23 minutes, 32 seconds
11.44: Project in Depth, GHOST TALKERS, by Mary Robinette Kowal
Spoiler Alert!
If you haven't yet read Ghost Talkers, by Mary Robinette Kowal, this episode will spoil great swathes of book for you. Also, you probably won't get as much out of it.
This week's episode is a Project in Depth discussion focusing on Ghost Talkers, by Mary Robinette Kowal. We begin with the difference between the catalog pitch and the pitch given to editors, and how critical that distinction is. Mary then talks to us about the decisions she made while plotting the book, and the things she did in order to best execute on the story she set out to tell.
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
10/30/2016 • 33 minutes, 14 seconds
11.43: Elemental Drama Q&A, with Tananarive Due
Our third Elemental Drama episode is a Q&A, featuring Tananarive Due. The questions are from the attendees at the Writing Excuses Workshop and Retreat:
Rather than having a protagonist change themselves, can elemental drama have the protagonist change others?
What happens when a character refuses to learn, refuses to overcome their flaw(s)?
What are the lines between drama and melodrama?
Do you have tips for describing body language that communicates character states?
Are there cases where you should not show character growth or change?
How do you keep it realistic when writing a character who undergoes a great change?
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
10/23/2016 • 19 minutes, 27 seconds
11.42: Elemental Drama as a Sub-Genre
Focusing on elemental drama can be tricky. Remember, elemental drama is basically "character change." A great many stories use character change in some way—it's almost ubiquitous. In this episode we'll pick at the ubiquity, and look at the many different ways in which character change can be featured, and what sort of tools we have at our disposal to make this happen in our stories.
10/16/2016 • 21 minutes, 16 seconds
11.Bonus-01: Characterization and Differentiation, with Robin Hobb
Robin Hobb joined us at GenCon Indy for a discussion of characterization and differentiation. And by "discussion," what we really mean is "we ask Robin all the questions." We learn about Robin's process for creating characters, wrapping stories around them, and making these characters distinctly different from each other.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Joel Burnham, and mastered by Alex Jackson, and was made possible by the generous support of the GenCon Indy Writer's Symposium, and the Writing Excuses patrons at Patreon.
10/13/2016 • 20 minutes, 29 seconds
11.41: The Editor’s Wish List, with Navah Wolfe
Navah Wolfe, an editor at Saga Press, joined us to talk about the manuscripts she would really like to see. Ordinarily we don't encourage people to write to the market, but Navah asked specifically for the opportunity to tell our listeners what she's looking for. As it happens, tracking Navah's wish list as you write is unlikely to send you haring after the latest trend—you're far more likely to develop some new writing skills that will make your work more enjoyable, more fulfilling, and ultimately easier to sell.
Spoiler Warning: In three weeks we'll be doing a Project in Depth on Ghost Talkers, by Mary Robinette Kowal. If you want to get the most out of that episode, you have three weeks to acquire and read the book.
Credits: This episode was recorded aboard Oasis of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
10/9/2016 • 20 minutes, 2 seconds
11.40: Elemental Drama
The word "drama" gets thrown around a lot. What do we mean when we use "drama" as an elemental genre? For us, Elemental Drama focuses on one character's transformation, and how that transformation affects everyone around them.
This is a narrow definition of the word, but it's a very useful way to look at books where the character journey is what has us turning pages. We talk about the tools we use to write these stories, and what kinds of things might trip us up.
Credits: this episode was recorded by Jeff Cools, and mastered by Alex Jackson
10/2/2016 • 16 minutes, 22 seconds
11.39: Elemental Relationship Q&A, with Greg van Eekhout
Greg van Eekhout joined us at Phoenix Comic Con for a live-audience Q&A session about Elemental Relationship writing. Here are the questions:
What is your favorite way to establish relationships?
How do you recover when a relationship starts to feel forced?
How do you show a "best friend" relationship?
How do you decide the pacing of the romance?
Do you try to make the nature of character relationships clear, or do you leave it to subtext?
How do you go about writing transsexual relationships?
What are your favorite relationships to write?
How do I write the beginning of a relationship between characters the reader has not yet really met?
How do you transform love into hate, and vice-versa?
When writing a love triangle, how do you avoid telegraphing the final resolution?
Do you have recommendations for books that focus on familial friend relationships rather than romance?
Credits: this episode was recorded live at Phoenix Comic-Con by Jeff Cools, and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/25/2016 • 19 minutes, 45 seconds
11.38: The Elemental Relationship as a Sub-Genre
We find the elemental relationship in all kinds of stories that are not fundamentally about relationships. The intimate interaction between characters is part of how we define the characters, how we understand who they are as they go on to do the stuff that the story is about.
In this episode we'll talk about how to apply the principles of relationship writing to stories whose page-turning impetus comes from somewhere else.
Credits: this episode was recorded by Jeff Cools, and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/18/2016 • 19 minutes, 45 seconds
11.37: Casting Your Book, with Gama Martinez
Live from Phoenix Comic Con, Gama Martinez joins us for a discussion of casting your book. This is the process by which you create a cast of characters for your story ahead of creating the story itself, allowing you to stay ahead of your default decisions for who will step into the scene next.
Credits: this episode was recorded live at Phoenix Comic Con by Jeff Cools, and mastered by Alex Jackson
9/11/2016 • 17 minutes, 29 seconds
11.36: The Elemental Relationship
In elemental relationship stories the primary page-turning driver is the relationship between two or three characters ¹. In this episode we discuss ways in which we can write character relationships—parent/child, buddy-cop, romance, and more—to be compelling.
Credits: this episode was recorded by Jeff Cools, and mastered by Alex Jackson
¹We're differentiating "Relationship" from "Ensemble" because in our elemental genre model the elemental ensemble story is quite a bit different from the elemental relationship.
9/4/2016 • 17 minutes, 12 seconds
11.35: Elemental Humor Q&A with Victoria Schwab
For our third Elemental Humor episode Victoria Schwab joins us as we field questions taken from our audience at Phoenix Comic-Con. Here are the questions:
How do you add humor to a serious story without breaking the tension?
How do I move beyond the "Dad jokes" and into properly funny writing?
When is humor necessary in horror?
Where is the line between a comedic book, and a book that uses humor as a subgenre.
How do you make dialog sound natural, while still sounding funny?
Credits: this episode was recorded live at Phoenix Comic Con by Jeff Cools, and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/28/2016 • 22 minutes, 3 seconds
11.34: Humor as a Sub-Genre
Humor is present as an element, at least to some degree, in a substantial amount of the media we consume. In this episode we discuss some stylistic tools for applying humor to our work, and how these tools can best be employed.
WX Trivia: Episode 11.34 represents a pair of firsts for us here at Writing Excuses.
It's the first time we've had to resort to having Howard record a fresh intro to replace some missing minutes
It's the first time we've had a graphic novel as the Book of the Week.
Credits: this episode was recorded by Jeff Cools and an audio-eating gremlin, then mastered by Alex Jackson and a crossfade brownie.
8/21/2016 • 22 minutes, 12 seconds
11.33: Crossover Fiction, with Victoria Schwab
Victoria Schwab, who also writes as V.E. Schwab, joined us in Phoenix to talk about crossover fiction—in this context the term means books that target a given demographic but which have a much broader appeal, or books which straddle the line between age demographics.
We discuss some good crossover examples, and how some of the boundaries work, and then we cover some of the techniques we use when writing crossover works.
Credits: this episode was recorded live at Phoenix Comic Con by Jeff Cools, and mastered by Alex Jackson
8/14/2016 • 21 minutes, 7 seconds
11.32: The Element of Humor
"Talking about humor is the least funny thing you can do." —Howard Tayler
You have been warned! and with that out of the way...
What is the driving force that gets readers to turn pages in a book that is primarily a work of humor? More importantly, how do we as writers get that driver into our books? We cover this, and provide some starting points for writers seeking to improve their humor writing, along with a bunch of neat techniques, and (as apparent from the liner notes) a long example for deconstruction.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Jeff Cools, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
Liner Notes: here are the lyrics we cited from "Love is Strange" (Galavant). We've added superscript numbers from the Rule of Three exercise.
¹Love is strange,
And sometimes kind of gross¹
It's embarrassingly gassy²
And it leaves its dirty underwear
In piles around the place³
²Love is rude, it has a sort of smell¹
And it thinks that you don't notice²
And it blurts out things
That make you want to smack its stupid face³
³And it's awkward and confusing¹
It annoys you half to death²
Then it grins that dopey grin
And you can't catch your breath³
The full song is available here, for $1.29 (link provided out of courtesy to the original artists whose work we deconstructed for educational purposes.)
8/7/2016 • 23 minutes, 22 seconds
11.31: Futurism, with Trina Marie Phillips
Trina Marie Phillips joined us at Phoenix Comic Con to talk about her work as a futurist. Futurism, for those unfamiliar with our use of the term here, is related to science fiction, but it remains rooted in existing technology and trends, then seeks to be predictive in useful ways.
Liner Notes: Trina mentioned some online resources (and a four-year educational program!) for those interested in working as futurists:
PSFK Labs
The Creators Project
Singularity Hub
ASU's School for the Future of Innovation in Society
World Future Society
Catch-phrase of the episode: "all we need is a billionaire with a secure facility and a steady supply of monkeys."
Credits: This episode was recorded by Jeff Cools, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
7/31/2016 • 16 minutes, 46 seconds
11.30: Elemental Thriller Q&A
We fielded the following questions about the "Thriller" elemental genre from listeners on Facebook and Twitter:
How do I build tension consistently through my story?
How do you maintain tension during dialog?
When do you not use a cliffhanger?
Do you ever picture your scenes as if they were in a movie?
How much elemental thriller is too much for a book that isn't a thriller? What's the tipping point where you've switched genres?
What do you do when the tension in your story peaks too early?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
7/24/2016 • 20 minutes, 29 seconds
11.29: Elemental Thriller as a Subgenre
Thrillers are, by their very nature, page-turners. In this episode we look at the thriller element as part of a story whose principal driver is one of the other elemental genres. We consider some examples of blended-with-thrill stories, and then drill down a bit and look at how we can incorporate this in our own work.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
7/17/2016 • 20 minutes, 3 seconds
11.28: Impostor Syndrome, with Alyssa Wong
Alyssa Wong, Campbell Award nominee and Nebula Award winner, joins us to talk about impostor syndrome. This is the frame of mind that many successful writers suffer from, in which they worry that they're not really good enough at writing to be enjoying their success. Worse, this mindset can prevent us from continuing to create.
Many of us suffer from this, and we have some strategies to cope with it.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Jeff Cools, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
7/10/2016 • 26 minutes, 27 seconds
11.27: The Elemental Thriller
Let's get this out of the way up front: in the syntax of elemental genres, the phrase "the element of thriller" is clunky. But we'll say it anyway.
We discuss the difference between the drivers in thrillers, horror stories, and mysteries, and use the elemental genre tools to assist in the differentiation. We also cover the tools we use to develop and maintain the tension that is so critical in a thriller.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
7/3/2016 • 16 minutes, 32 seconds
11.26: Elemental Mystery Q&A
In this episode we field some questions about elemental mystery. Here they are!
How do you balance between two mysteries in the same story?
What types of mysteries can fit well as sub-plots?
What do you do when beta readers figure out the mystery really early?
In the MICE quotient, are mysteries all "Idea" stories?
How do you write a protagonist who is smarter than you are?
How do you make sure your genius protagonist is still experiencing an interesting struggle?
How do you make a kidnap victim more than just a MacGuffin?
How "literary" can you make your mystery?
Liner Notes: The movie Howard referred to is Cellular, with Kim Basinger, Chris Evans, and Jason Statham.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
6/26/2016 • 19 minutes, 19 seconds
11.25: Elemental Mystery is Everywhere
Per our Elemental Genre theme, this week we further explore elemental mystery. Elemental mystery can be found in any work in which our curiosity is what keeps us turning pages. The type of satisfaction we feel at the reveal may also reveal the elemental genre in which the element of mystery has been embedded.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
6/19/2016 • 17 minutes, 25 seconds
11.24: Stakes!
We talk a lot about "raising the stakes" in our writing. When we say "stakes," we're referring to the things that keep our characters involved in the conflict, rather than just walking away and doing something else. We dig into what this really means, and how everyone in the story must be driven by things that they have at stake.
Liner Notes: in this episode we refer to the three character-development "sliders" model set forth in WX 9.13.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Jeff Cools, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
6/12/2016 • 18 minutes, 44 seconds
11.23: The Element of Mystery
Mystery may well be the most common element in use, at least in some form or another, across the many bookshelf genres comprising "fiction." We discuss the driving force of elemental mystery, how to evoke those feelings in the reader, and the importance of being able to write mystery effectively.
Liner Notes: we mentioned Episode 7.10 in which Mary and Dan interviewed David Brin.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
6/5/2016 • 19 minutes, 11 seconds
11.22: Examining Unconscious Biases, with Shannon Hale
Shannon Hale joins us at LTUE for a live-audience session in which we explore gender biases, and extrapolate from there to our many other unconscious biases.
Our unconscious biases are not just the things that we consider to be "just the way things are," or "common sense." They're the things we don't even see, much less consider, and the obvious challenge for us as writers is to find those biases, and then to dig into them and really understand them. Our goal is to be able to write beyond them, and create literature that is both more believable, and more widely accessible.
Credits: This episode was recorded live at LTUE by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
5/29/2016 • 20 minutes, 31 seconds
11.21: Q&A on Elemental Horror, with Steve Diamond
Steve Diamond joins us for our third and final Elemental Horror episode as we field your questions about this particular building block. Here are the questions we selected from your submissions:
If I want to make peanut butter terrifying without being silly, how do I do that?
What is your personal line between horror and "gore-nography?"
How do you avoid going too far with graphic elements?
Soundtracks are huge for horror movies. How do you set the mood without this tool?
What's the best way for a thriller writer to edge into writing horror?
How do you decide when to show the monster, and how does it change the story when that happens?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
5/22/2016 • 20 minutes, 43 seconds
11.20: Horror as a Subgenre
Steve Diamond joins us again to talk horror, this time about using elemental horror as part of our stories' elemental ensemble. We discuss how the sense of dread can be a page-turning motivation, and how it can complement the other "keep on reading" motivations we set out to invoke.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
5/15/2016 • 22 minutes, 4 seconds
11.19: Fashion for Writers, with Rebecca McKinney
How do we go about describing the clothing our characters are wearing? How do we use that to add depth to our story? What are the common mistakes that writers make when they start dressing their characters?
Rebecca McKinney joined us on stage at LTUE to address all this.
Liner Notes: We mentioned some resources for those wanting to get clothing right in their work:
Reader's Digest Complete Guide to Sewing
Historic Costume for the Stage, by Lucy Barton
The International Costumers' Guild
Fashion Sketchbook, by Bina Abling
5/8/2016 • 19 minutes, 3 seconds
11.18: Elemental Horror
Steve Diamond joins us to kick off our month on the elemental genre of horror. We explore the emotional components that readers seek from horror, and then drill down into the ways that we can create those reactions in our readers.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
5/1/2016 • 21 minutes, 41 seconds
11.17: Elemental Adventure Q&A
You may still have questions about how to apply elemental adventure in your work. Hopefully your questions are similar to the ones we collected below, because these are the ones we answered:
What do readers like more: protagonists going through lots of different incidents and locations, or through a few that are similar to each other?
What lessons can we learn from adventure games?
How can we make action scenes that adventurous, but that are not fight scenes?
Are there tropes we should stay away from in adventure fiction?
Do you have suggestions for non-western styles of adventure fiction?
How do you safely skip the long, boring parts of a journey without missing out on necessary character development?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
4/24/2016 • 22 minutes, 33 seconds
11.16: Adventure as a Subgenre
Let's be adventurous. Let's move beyond simply being cooks, and strive to become chefs. In this episode we explore using the element of adventure as an ingredient in something that has far more than adventure going on in it. Why do we like adventure? What draws the reader forward?
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson.
4/17/2016 • 22 minutes, 59 seconds
11.15: The Environment, with L.E. Modessit, Jr.
L.E. Modesitt, Jr. joined us at LTUE for a world building discussion centered around the way the environment informs the story. We talk about lead in Roman plumbing, water lilies in Las Vegas sewers, and coal power in the British Empire, and how these examples can help us more effectively use the environments in our stories.
Liner Notes: We mentioned both Americapox, The Missing Plague, (a YouTube video) and the excellent book Guns, Germs, and Steel.
4/10/2016 • 17 minutes, 21 seconds
11.14: The Element of Adventure
Our exploration of elemental genres continues with the sense of "I want to do that."
4/3/2016 • 20 minutes, 38 seconds
11.13: Elemental Idea Q&A
This is a Q&A about ideas that does NOT include the question "Where do you get your ideas?"
3/27/2016 • 16 minutes, 7 seconds
11.12: Idea as Subgenre, With Nancy Fulda
Nancy Fulda is back for our second episode on the Idea elemental genre. We cover some tools for exploring an idea, and then drill down a bit on how to use that exploration, or even multiple explorations as "seasoning" elements for a larger work.
Credits: This episode was recorded by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
3/20/2016 • 19 minutes, 35 seconds
11.11: Self Publishing in 2016, with Michaelbrent Collings
Recorded live at LTUE, Michaelbrent Collings guest-starred for a discussion about self publishing. The landscape continues to change, and Collings is fully engaged in it.
He begins by stressing the importance of truly understanding the craft of writing—every professional writer needs this—and then talks turkey about Kindle Direct, Bookbub, formats and lengths, output, available resources, publicity activities, and what kinds of things new writers should commit to spending money on.
Note: Writing Excuses Patrons at the "Hear it When Howard Does" level got this episode on March 9th, four days ahead of the rest of the world. You can help support the podcast, and get early access, plus other bonus goodies, by joining them at Patreon.com.
Credits: This episode was recorded live by Daniel Thompson, and mastered by Alex Jackson
3/13/2016 • 18 minutes, 13 seconds
11.10: Idea, as Genre, with Nancy Fulda
Nancy Fulda joins us to talk about the Elemental Genre of Idea, and how to write stories driven by a sense of fascination.
3/6/2016 • 20 minutes, 27 seconds
11.09: Q&A on the Element of Wonder
Gama Ray Martinez joins us at LTUE to field questions on the Element of Wonder, which were submitted by members of our audience. Here are the questions:
How do you create wonder in non-genre stories, where there are no super-powers, spaceships, or spellcasters?
How do you avoid making the wonder stale?
Are there stages of wonder, similar to the stages of grief?
Does wonder come from the style of the prose, the pacing, or from other things?
How would you foreshadow wonder?
2/28/2016 • 17 minutes, 48 seconds
11.08: Wonder as a Subgenre
If the Element of Wonder is the driving force behind "sense of wonder" science fiction and fantasy, then that same element can be used to give wondrous flavor to stories whose driving force lies among the other elemental genres. We talk about how to use wonder at smaller scales, how to create it with context, and how you might use it in support of the other themes of your story.
2/21/2016 • 18 minutes, 32 seconds
11.07: The Convention Survival Kit, with Gail Carriger
Gail Carriger joins us to talk about her Convention Survival Kit, which is full of things most of us wish we'd known to pack with us years ago.
2/14/2016 • 18 minutes, 32 seconds
11.06: The Element of Wonder
We've introduced the concept of Elemental Genre already. It's time to start digging in to the elements themselves, beginning with the Element of Wonder. We started with this one because "sense of wonder" is a term that gets used to describe what makes some science fiction stories work.
In this episode we expand upon the word "wonder" a bit, making the shorthand of "elemental wonder" more useful, not to mention more descriptive. We then go on to detail some methods writers might use to evoke wonder, leveraging that element for the greatest effect in their work.
2/7/2016 • 18 minutes, 15 seconds
11.05: Writing and World Building for Role Playing Games
Michelle Lyons McFarland, Monica Valentinelli, and Shanna Germain join Howard and Dan at GenCon, and talk about the craft of world building for role playing games.
1/31/2016 • 17 minutes, 10 seconds
11.04: Newton’s Laws of Writing
Let's map Newton's Laws of Motion onto writing. Because a wordcount at rest tends to remain at rest...
1/24/2016 • 19 minutes, 17 seconds
11.03: Layering The Elemental Genres
Elemental Genre becomes particularly useful when you start blending the elements for sub-plots, character arcs, or even mash-ups.
1/17/2016 • 18 minutes, 41 seconds
11.2: How To Get The Most Out Of A Conference, with Kathy Chung
What's the difference between a conference and a convention? How do we, as writers, get the most out of them?
1/10/2016 • 19 minutes, 48 seconds
Writing Excuses 11.1: Introduction to Elemental Genre
The word "genre" has a lot of weight to it. Arguments about whether a particular work is, or is not, part of a given genre are long, and tedious. Season Eleven will not be engaging in those arguments. We're giving all that a wide miss by adding an adjective, and defining a new term: Elemental Genre.
During 2016 we are going to explore what we write, why we write, and how we write in much the same way as previous seasons have, but our guidepost this year will be this concept of Elemental Genres. In January we'll stay high-level and firm up the framework. Starting in February we'll drill down on each of the Elemental Genres, and explore the writing process.
Here's what the year will look like, month-by-month:
January: Introduction
February: Wonder
March: Idea
April: Adventure
May: Horror
June: Mystery
July: Thriller
August: Humor
September: Relationship
October: Drama
November: Issue
December: Ensemble
We're really excited about this year's format, and we're confident that by examining our writing in this way we'll learn (and perhaps even teach!) some new things.
Note: 2016 is a leap year, but this episode was recorded in 2015. When we said "it's not a leap year" we were confused.
1/3/2016 • 16 minutes, 52 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.52: Moving On, with Ellen Kushner
Ellen Kushner joins us for the last episode of Season 10. Per the title, folks, it's time to be done.
What does "done" mean? How do you go about declaring a project "finished" when you know there are still things wrong with it? How do you clear your head, your work space, and your life for the next thing you need to do?
Out of Excuses: Per Brandon's plug in the episode, registration is open for the 2016 Out of Excuses WritingWorkshop and Retreat!
12/27/2015 • 21 minutes, 50 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.51: Q&A on Showing Your Work, with Daniel José Older
Daniel José Older joins us for a Q&A on showing your work around. Here are the questions, which were submitted by attendees at the Out of Excuses workshop:
What's the best way to meet editors and agents at conventions?
How do you write a good query letter?
What do you mention as credentials in your query letter?
You didn't cover self publishing at all this month. Self publishing is legit, right?
Can you submit the same work to more than one agent or editor at a time?
Can you re-submit a revised work to an agent who previously rejected the piece?
12/20/2015 • 22 minutes, 50 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.50: How to Hand-Sell Your Manuscript to Agents and Editors, with Michael Underwood and Marco Palmieri
Marco Palmieri and Michael Underwood took the stage with Howard and Dan at GenCon Indy 2015 to discuss hand-selling manuscripts. Marco Palmieri is a senior editor at Tor, and Michael Underwood is an author, and is also the North American Sales and Marketing manager for Angry Robot Books.
We begin with a list of the things to avoid doing, including the classic mistakes like chasing editors into restrooms, but we quickly move on to where you get started, and what your task list is going to look like. We cover resources like Literary Marketplace, Locus, and Publishers Lunch, and the not-so-secret-anymore #MSWL hash-tag.
12/13/2015 • 16 minutes, 48 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.49: What Do I Do With This Thing Now?
We're at the end of our Season Ten Master Class, and if you've been diligent about the homework, you may very well have a finished manuscript in your hands. What do you do with it?
Daniel José Older joins us for a bit of reminiscence. We talk about some of our first submissions, and what we did right, wrong, and weirdly. We cover our criteria for selecting publishers to whom we'd like to send our stuff, and we include the shiny intangibles in that list.
This episode was engineered aboard The Independence of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered in an abandoned missile silo by Alex Jackson.
12/6/2015 • 20 minutes, 19 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.48: Project in Depth, The Devil’s Only Friend
Spoiler Alert! We'll be discussing the latest John Cleaver book from Dan Wells with author, podcaster, and unrepentant bacon-lover Dan Wells! If you haven't read it, and you want to be surprised by it, stop listening and grab a copy now!
11/29/2015 • 21 minutes, 1 second
Writing Excuses 10.47: Q&A on Revision
And now for your questions about revision. Or rather, questions from the WXR attendees, who were aboard the Independence of the Seas with us (the answers to these questions are secreted away in the audio file...):
During revision, when do you think it's acceptable to throw the whole thing out?
How do you fit the whole structure in your head?
What do you find you most often need to add?
What do you do when your revisions have made things worse?
How do you avoid over-writing during the revision process?
When revising, how many passes do you make, and what order are they in?
Do you take the sounds of words into account when writing and revising?
This episode was engineered aboard The Independence of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered in a concrete bunker somewhere in the midwest by Alex Jackson.
11/22/2015 • 19 minutes, 51 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.46: How Do I Make This Pretty?
The microphones again find us aboard the Independence of the Seas*, to talk about how terribly ugly this manuscript is, and what we can do to make it pretty. In this episode we drill down on line-by-line, paragraph-by-paragraph revisions. This stage of the revision process is where our prose gets wordsmithed. This episode runs long, touching on:
Punching up the pacing
Turning things upside down
Parallelisms
Adverbial compression,
The pyramid of abstraction
Free and direct thought
Replacing negative-information descriptions
extreme editing exercises like "one sentence per concept."
Obviously if you want more than just the bullet points you'll need to have a listen...
*NOTE: Registration is now open for the 2016 Out of Excuses Workshop and Retreat!
This episode was engineered aboard The Independence of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered ashore in a volcanic caldera by Alex Jackson.
11/15/2015 • 23 minutes, 27 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.45: Q&A at the GenCon Writing Symposium, with Kameron Hurley, James L. Sutter, and Michael Underwood
Dan and Howard are joined by Kameron Hurley, James L. Sutter, and Michael Underwood for an anything-goes Q&A at the GenCon Indy Writing Symposium. We had reached the end of our two-hour block, but the audience hungered for the chance to ask their questions of these guests, so the Symposium gave us an extra half hour in the room. The audience had already been in this room for 120 minutes, but they wanted more more more, so we ran a bit long.
Can you advise us about Writing the Other especially regarding avoiding cultural appropriation? (yes, this question deserves an entire symposium all by itself. We answered as best we could.)
If you were trying to break in right now, what would you do, and how would you do it?
How do you best handle slithering out of making a commitment to help someone with their writing, and how do you deliver bad news to those writers if you end up committing to help anyway.
How soon do you telegraph a plot twist?
How do you, as a non-writer, be a good resource to the writers in your life?
Do you know your title at the beginning of the writing process, or does it come to you later?
How do you know when you need another revision pass, vs. when you need to simply rewrite the whole thing again?
*NOTE: Back in July we attempted to record an episode on cultural appropriation with several guests hailing from marginalized and commonly misappropriated cultures, races, and backgrounds. The discussion was wonderful, but the recording itself was unusable due to an equipment failure. We wanted to share it with you, but even our brilliant mastering engineer Alex couldn't make it listenable. We promise to address this topic in the future, and we've purchased all new recording gear to ensure that we capture the discussion correctly.
This episode was recorded and mastered by Alex Jackson
11/8/2015 • 27 minutes, 6 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.44: How Do I Fix What is Broken?
November is "Revision" month here in the Writing Excuses Season 10 Master Class, so while many of you may be tempted by NaNoWriMo, there's a different kind of work to be done... Delia Sherman joins us again, this time for a frank talk about the tools and techniques we use during our revisions.
This episode was engineered aboard The Independence of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered in a cloud fortress above Lake Michigan by Alex Jackson.
11/1/2015 • 21 minutes, 31 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.43: Q&A on Endings, with Delia Sherman
Delia Sherman joined us aboard the Independence of the Seas for our question-and-answer installment on endings. The questions came from the attendees at the Writing Excuses Workshop, which was, lest anyone forget, on a cruise ship in the Caribbean. The questions:
Why do more short stories than novels end on tragic notes?
How do you keep an ending from being predictable or boring?
How do you write a stand-alone ending with sequel potential?
What are the best ways to avoid infodump endings?
Are there differences between writing the first novel in a series and other novels in the series?
How do you know which questions to leave unanswered?
What sort of attention do you give to your last lines?
This episode was engineered aboard The Independence of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered in a soundproofed bullet-train by Alex Jackson.
10/25/2015 • 22 minutes, 38 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.42: How In The World Do I Tie All This Together?
Nalo Hopkinson joins us again, at sea, for our second Master Class installment on endings. We cover some of the reasons why an ending might not be working, and then talk about the sorts of diagnoses that will help you solve the problem. You'll likely need to dig deep in your toolbox. Our episodes covering the MICE quotient, promises made to the readers, and the Hollywood formula may be worth reviewing in this process.
10/18/2015 • 21 minutes, 54 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.41: Your Character’s Moral Pendulum
Brad Beaulieu and Jaym Gates join us from the GenCon Indy Writing Symposium to talk about good versus evil, and how your character might swing between the two. And it's all about that swing. Moral grey areas are more interesting if we move through them. We talk about how we swing the pendulum, what difficulties we encounter, and what sorts of things we want to have happen to our reader when it moves.
10/11/2015 • 16 minutes, 16 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.40: What’s the Difference Between Ending and Stopping?
Nalo Hopkinson joins us for this episode, which we recorded before a live audience of Out Of Excuses Workshop & Retreat attendees. October's master class episodes focus on endings, and in this first installment we talk about what an ending really is. It's obviously the last part of the book, but the gestalt of "ending" is so much more than just "The End," and it's important that we understand all that before committing ourselves to being done writing it.
(Note: You can start writing your ending any time you want. Stopping writing your ending, and being done with it? There's the rub.)
This episode was engineered aboard The Independence of the Seas by Bert Grimm, and mastered ashore in a secret laboratory by Alex Jackson.
10/4/2015 • 18 minutes, 38 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.39: Q&A on Plot Twists with Kevin J. Anderson
Kevin J. Anderson joined us at Sasquan/WorldCon 73 to take questions about plot twists. Here are the questions that came in from our live audience:
Genre Twists: good, bad, or ugly?
Can you compare and contrast a good plot twist with a bad one?
What is the biggest mistake professional authors make with regarding plot twists?
9/27/2015 • 17 minutes, 14 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.38: How Does Context Shape Dialog?
Our second installment for the Master Class's month of context covers the way dialog between characters may change meaning depending upon the context you create for them. This context may be the setting or genre, and it may also be the "beats" in which you describe what a person is doing while speaking. We talk about how to make this work for you, how to avoid some of the common pitfalls in writing dialog.
Liner Notes: Howard mentioned episode 10.11: Project-in-Depth: "Parallel Perspectives". If you need to go back and have a listen, now it's easier!
9/20/2015 • 21 minutes, 51 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.37: Being a Good Panelist and a Great Moderator, with Susan J. Morris and Marc Tassin
This month's wildcard episode comes to you from the 2015 GenCon Indy Writers' Symposium, where Dan and Howard had the opportunity to interview Susan J. Morris and Marc Tassin. Susan is one of the finest moderators the symposium has ever seen, and Marc directs the event, building the schedule around good panelists and great moderators. Their advice is insightful, fresh, and spot-on. If you ever find yourself scheduled to speak on, or moderate, a panel, this episode is a great listen for beginning your preparation.
9/13/2015 • 18 minutes, 21 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.36: How Does Context Shape Plot Twists?
We've talked about plot twists before. This episode covers the way in which the type of plot twist is dependent on, or signaled by, the context of the story. Getting plot twists right may mean surprising the reader, but it's just as important to have the twist surprise the character.
SPOILER ALERT: Avengers: Age of Ultron, and The Sixth Sense, among others. It's hard to talk about plot twists without talking about some really good ones.
This month's master-class topic is "Context," but the Q&A at the end of the month (coming real soon!) is on plot twists, featuring a special guest who joined us at Sasquan, the 73rd Annual World Science Fiction Convention.
9/6/2015 • 19 minutes, 46 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.35: Breaking In, With Charlie N. Holmberg
Charlie N. Holmberg, who was recently signed by Amazon's 47 North imprint, joined us in front of a live audience it Sasquan (the 73rd World Science Fiction Convention) to talk about breaking in to the industry. Brandon and Dan broke in a decade ago, and Howard never actually bothered breaking in.
This episode is brought to you by David Farland's writing workshops at mystorydoctor.com, whose URL completely escaped Howard during the episode. Here are two coupon codes:
August50 gets $50 off any course regularly priced $399
August100 gets $100 off any course regularly priced $749
8/30/2015 • 16 minutes, 15 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.34: Q&A on Pacing
We wrap up this month's discussion of pacing with a Q&A. Here are the questions we pulled out of the virtual hat (read: Twitter) for answering during the episode:
What are some early indications of a pacing problem?
How do you chart pacing so that it remains even?
Can you control pacing using scene/sequel format?
How do you handle character progression during travel without making it choppy?
It feels like new authors are required to deliver breakneck pacing. Is this true?
8/23/2015 • 19 minutes, 40 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.33: Combat, with Marie Brennan
Marie Brennan joins us again, this time for a discussion about writing combat. She's studied fencing, combat choreography, and is *this close* to having a black belt in shotokan karate, bringing a valuable perspective to the discussion. Also, she's written an ebook called Writing Fight Scenes, so she knows how to talk about this stuff.
We discuss some of our favorite fight scenes in movies and in books, why they work well, and how we can go about creating those sorts of things ourselves.
That Scene We Couldn't Stop Gushing About: Here's a no-Netflix-membership-required version of the Daredevil fight scene. It's a teaser from Netflix, but it's unabridged. For context, Daredevil is looking for a kidnapped child, and has tracked the boy's captors to this hallway.
8/16/2015 • 19 minutes, 1 second
Writing Excuses 10.32: How Do I Control the Speed of the Story?
Words take time to read, but that's not the same amount of time that the words communicate...
8/9/2015 • 19 minutes, 7 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.31: How Do I Control the Reader’s Sense of Progress?
Are we making progress? How do we communicate that to the reader?
8/2/2015 • 18 minutes, 57 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.30: Q&A on Middles, with Marie Brennan
Marie Brennan joins us again, this time to help us field your questions about middles. Here are the questions we collected from the various social media feeds:
How do you maintain interest without having something explode every other chapter?
In short fiction, how do you prevent try-fail cycles from bloating the story?
How do you prevent the introduction of POVs during the middle of the story from being jarring?
How do you keep subplots from turning into side quests?
In longer stories, how important are "breather" chapters that ease the tension?
Do you have methods for weaving plot and subplot threads together? Do you outline this, or keep it in your head?
Fifty-Cent Word: Proprioception, which serves as an excellent metaphor for what expertise with a set of tools feels like. Thank you, Marie, for simplifying the whole "the tool should be an extension of your hand" thing.
7/26/2015 • 19 minutes, 45 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.29: Why Should My Characters Fail Spectacularly?
Character failure is a big part of making the middle of a story work. We talk about why, and offer tips about how to make this work well for you.
7/19/2015 • 17 minutes, 36 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.28: Polytheism in Fiction, with Marie Brennan
Marie Brennan joins us for a discussion of polytheism (and really any belief system) in our fiction.
7/12/2015 • 20 minutes, 32 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.27: Why Can’t I Just Jump to the Ending?
Lots of people struggle with the middles of their books. One way to look at the middle is that it's the point where you're no longer working on that new project that has you excited, but haven't yet gotten to the cool ending that has you excited.
We talk about why the middle is important, and how you can make it enjoyable not just for the reader, but for you.
7/5/2015 • 17 minutes, 17 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.26: Q&A on Scenes and Description
How do you "show, don't tell" a character's thoughts? We answer this question, and more!
6/28/2015 • 18 minutes, 19 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.25: What Makes a Scene?
We talk about how we define and structure scenes in our writing, and we make reference to Scene/Sequel format, the MICE quotient, and pacing.
6/21/2015 • 18 minutes, 37 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.24: Hooking Younger Readers
Media Specialist Kiley Snyder joins us to talk about hooking young readers.
6/14/2015 • 17 minutes, 24 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.23: Can You Tell Me How To Show?
Instead of saying "show, don't tell," we say "here's how to show."
6/7/2015 • 20 minutes, 10 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.22: Project-in-Depth—Of Noble Family
Spoilers ahead! We dig into Of Noble Family, by Mary Robinette Kowal, focusing on language, culture, and the extensive research Mary did.
5/31/2015 • 30 minutes, 43 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.21: Q&A on World Building
We answer questions about consistency, alternate histories, and the Great Spoke Plague of '77
5/24/2015 • 18 minutes, 14 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.20: How Do I Write a Story, Not an Encyclopedia?
You've done piles of world building. How do you convey this world to reader without infodumping? We talk about the different skill levels involved, and then the techniques that you'll be using as you get better and better at what is probably the most critical skill unique to genre fiction writers.
5/17/2015 • 16 minutes, 53 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.19: Intrigue
What's the difference between intrigue, suspense, and mystery? We talk about this, and then drill down on intrigue.
5/10/2015 • 18 minutes, 37 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.18: Build an Entire World? Are You Crazy?
This one's for all you folks who like to do some world building on-the-fly.
5/3/2015 • 20 minutes, 56 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.17: Q&A on Beginnings
We've talked beginnings all month. Now we take your questions about them.
4/26/2015 • 0
Writing Excuses 10.16: What Do I Do With All This Blank Space?
Let's get that first page written in a way that will bring the reader to all the rest of the pages.
4/19/2015 • 17 minutes, 13 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.15: Worldbuilding Wilderness with Wes Chu
Wes Chu, author and adventurer, recently climbed Mount Kilimanjaro, and has some things to say about all the wilderness trekking that our characters do in the books we write, and how we often forget to say anything about sleeping on inclines, altitude sickness, or packing toilet paper.
The salient point: we need to remember that our characters are experiencing these wilderness treks, and they have interesting opinions about them.
4/12/2015 • 16 minutes, 2 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.14: How Much of the Beginning Needs to Come First?
How do you know which bits of your story have to come first?
4/5/2015 • 17 minutes, 45 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.13: Where is My Story Going?
Any discussion of story structure must necessarily take a look at that big, long bit between the beginning and the end, that piece where almost everything actually happens. In this episode we talk about the middles of stories, and how formulaic structures will help you get them to do all of the things that you need for them to do, and this can be done without the story feeling formulaic.
We got things a bit out of order here -- this was supposed to be the SECOND episode of March, rather than the fifth. When Brandon says "two weeks ago" he means "four weeks ago." Sorry for the confusion.
3/30/2015 • 18 minutes, 5 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.12: Story structure Q&A, with Special Guest Wesley Chu
Wes Chu joins us again for a Q&A about this month's topic: story structure! Here are the questions:
Do you make a conscious decision about how to structure your story before you begin writing?
Is it necessary to use multiple structures (three-act, Hollywood formula, etc) in order to ensure that your story works?
What tools do you use to view your story's structure?
What do you think about cliffhangers?
How do you come up with plot twists for your stories? (Answer: A blast from the past with Michael Stackpole! Season 1, Episode 19!)
What structures should I use to add variety to my writing?
Is there a specific amount of time you should spend on your introduction before getting to the inciting incident?
What do you do when you're halfway through with a story before you realize the structure is wrong?
3/23/2015 • 22 minutes, 7 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.11: Project In Depth: “Parallel Perspectives”
If you haven't yet read "Parallel Perspectives," from Schlock Mercenary: Massively Parallel, we have a PDF for you to download and read before you start listening to this episode. It's a 33mb file in a public DropBox folder.
Parallel Perspectives PDF for Writing Excuses listeners
Got the file? Done reading? Okay, let's go...
This week is a Project in Depth episode focusing on a 13-page graphic story ("comic book") found at the end of Schlock Mercenary: Massively Parallel, and our focus this week will be story structure. It's fun, because the process of structuring a bonus story begins much differently than most projects, and the structure was laid in support of a four-creator collaboration.
The creators? Howard Tayler, Brenda Hickey, Travis Walton, and Keliana Tayler.
(If you'd like your own hard-copy of Schlock Mercenary: Massively Parallel, you can get it from Amazon.com or directly from the publisher.)
3/15/2015 • 20 minutes, 23 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.10: Q&A with the I Ching
Wesley Chu joins us for a literal shake-up of our structure for one episode. We had loads of fun with this one.
The I Ching is a collection of poems which you consult with numbered sticks. You ask a question, shake a random stick from the cup, and the corresponding poem holds your answer. In writing The Man in the High Castle, Phillip K. Dick used the I Ching to make plot decisions at crucial points. We decided to turn that, and our format, on its head, so we used the I Ching to ask us questions. Understanding exactly what the I Ching was asking was at least as much fun as answering the questions we inferred.
Here are the I Ching's questions.
Although he reached a great position, Wise Liu did not care for earthly things. He brewed instead the pills of heaven, forging immortality in his earthly crucible.
Marriage is a blessed union indeed, when done in accordance with Yin and Yang. The dragon and the phoenix coil together, uniting in a sweet dream of love.
All names in Heaven are unique, and even earthly things cannot be the same. Your future is set within the book of fate, which never confuses praise and blame.
Emperor Ming slew his one true love, but a shaman took pity, and eased his heart with dreams of roaming upon the moon, his beloved mistress forever at his side.
Two scholars went to the capitol for examinations. One passed, and stayed. One failed and returned, carrying a letter from his friend. He fell ill, but eventually, thank Heaven, came home.
Important Cultural Note: The I Ching is far more complex than we've been able to describe in this podcast, and is worthy of a lot more attention than we were able to present to you in this 'cast.
Want more Wes Chu? Wes didn't say a whole lot in this episode, possibly because he was exhausted from the grilling we gave him earlier. This episode was recorded directly it AFTER recording a guest episode with him that will be airing in coming weeks.
Audio Notes: Many of you have complained about the audio quality of the show, especially in the last few months. We went to significant additional effort and expense to make this latest set of sessions sound better. If you like the changes, please let us know.
3/8/2015 • 20 minutes, 15 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.9: Where is My Story Coming From?
This month's syllabus topic is story structure, and we'll be starting with the part we start with. And that part usually isn't the beginning -- that's where the story starts for the reader. We're going to talk about where the story starts for you. It's the answer to questions like "where is my story coming from?", "What kind of a story is this?", or "What questions does it seek to raise, and subsequently answer for the readers?"
Structurally, it may help to revisit our discussion of the M.I.C.E. quotient. Knowing that your story is primarily a milieu story, as opposed to a character story, is a pretty big thing to know before you start writing.
Of course, if you're not outlining, this whole discussion may seem irrelevant to you, but ultimately if you discovery-write your way into a good story, you'll have answered these questions during that process. Knowing that this is a thing you do will likely help you do it better.
The Sherlock Episode Howard referenced was "The Sign of Three"
Homework For an upcoming "Project in Depth" -- you may wish to acquire a copy of Schlock Mercenary: Massively Parallel, because we'll be digging into the bonus story, "Parallel Perspectives," which plays with POV in some ways that required significant re-writing during the collaboration process.
3/2/2015 • 20 minutes, 36 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.8: Q&A on Character
It's time for a Q&A on characters! The questions for this episode were provided by the attendees at the 2014 Out of Excuses Workshop and Retreat:
How do you have a character grow in power and/or expertise without needing to ridiculously overpower the villains?
How do you give a flawed character a growth arc without changing what originally made that character likable?
When you have a 1st person POV, how do you convey the emotional complexity of the non-POV characters?
How do you create an interesting an engaging story with a main character who is not the protagonist or hero of the story?
Is there an easy way to tell when the plot is driving the character instead of the other way around?
How do you write a character with egregiously offensive views without you, as the author, appearing to espouse or condone those views?
How do you write a character who has a belief that is different from your own?
What are some tips for writing a sympathetic antagonist?
Liner Note: The Tumbler to which Mary referred is Diversity Cross-Check.
Note: We offered to take questions on Story Structure during March, but we'll be recording that episode two days from right now. Send us your story structure questions now! Do not delay! If you tweet them to @WritingExcuses they'll pile up in a space where we can quickly find them.
2/22/2015 • 23 minutes, 45 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.7: Who Are All These People?
Our character-focused month continues with an exploration of the challenges involved in building a cast for your story. Whether you're building a large or small cast, you need to know why you're putting these people in the book, whether they're main characters, secondary characters, or spear-carriers, and what purpose each of them actually serves in your story.
2/16/2015 • 17 minutes, 24 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.6: The Worldbuilding Revolves Around Me (“The Magical 1%”)
In which Max Gladstone introduces us to the concept of the Magical 1%
2/9/2015 • 17 minutes, 42 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.5: What Do You Mean My Main Character is Boring?
Does your draft have a boring main character? You're not alone! Also, the problem can be solved.
2/2/2015 • 19 minutes, 14 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.4: Q&A on Ideas
At the Out of Excuses Workshop and Retreat we premiered the Season 10 concept, and we invited our attendees to give us the questions we need this month. (They'll also be the ones providing our questions for February, but we'll cast our net wide for questions in March.)
Ideas are hard! Is it ever acceptable for inexperienced writers to write derivative works?
How do you keep from being discouraged when something similar to your idea comes out?
How do you know when your idea is a novel, vs. when it's a short story?
Should you only write for themed anthologies if you already have an idea ready in that theme?
How can you practice description when your idea is set someplace completely unfamiliar to you?
When should you abandon an idea you love?
Liner Notes: We talked about novel-length vs short-story-length ideas in Season 6, Episode 10 when we covered the M.I.C.E. quotient, and again in Season 8, Episode 20, when Mary talked about short story structure. Also, the anthology into which Howard was drafted on the basis of a spur-of-the-moment idea is Shared Nightmares, and his story is called "U.I."
1/25/2015 • 16 minutes, 24 seconds
2015 Hugo Award Eligibility – SHADOWS BENEATH
Don't forget to nominate for the 2015 Hugo Ballot, and if you like Writing Excuses, please consider nominating Shadows Beneath for Best Related Work.
1/21/2015 • 1 minute, 45 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.3: Lovecraftian Horror
Cherie Priest joins us for a discussion of Lovecraftian horror.
1/20/2015 • 19 minutes, 43 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.2: I Have an Idea; What Do I Do Now?
Writing Excuses Season 10, the podcasted master-class, continues with this exploration of that critical second step: what do do once you've got an idea that has story-legs.
(Note: When we say "two weeks ago" over and over, that's just bad math. You haven't missed an episode.)
We talk about our various approaches to this, many of which center around finding the person or people who are most affected by the thing our idea conjures into their world, but that's really only the very beginning of it.
1/12/2015 • 18 minutes, 9 seconds
Writing Excuses 10.1: Seriously, Where Do You Get Your Ideas?
Brandon, Howard, Mary, and Dan offer useful answers to that age-old question: "Where do you get your ideas?"
1/5/2015 • 19 minutes, 59 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.54: Capstone to Season 9
As 2014 draws to a close we say goodbye to Season 9, and talk a bit about what we've each learned this year.
Howard explained the surprising changes that came with a change in his work space
Mary told us how she reached a new understanding of pacing
Brandon talked about how recent time pressures have informed his writing process
Dan learned why he is writing
Hopefully our discussions of how we've changed as writers this year will offer you some insight into how your own writing has developed, and how you might take steps to develop it in the future.
We also talk about how Season 10 is coming, and is going to be a bit different than seasons past.
Thing We Failed To Do: get a picture of the possum. It turns out that those things are sneaky, and none of us a very good photographers.
Can of Already Open Worms: Writing for fun. "Didn't you guys just talk about that?" Yes, we did, in an episode that was recorded 3 months later, but which aired just last week.
12/29/2014 • 29 minutes, 54 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.53: Writing For Fun
You know what's fun? WRITING! Writing is fun. And that, more than anything else, is why we do it.
Or at least it's why we decided to do it. Making sure that it is still fun is kind of tricky. Also tricky? Writing for nothing more than the fun of it. And this episode is about that.
Missing from this episode: Mary. For contractual reasons we found ourselves in need of 54 episodes during Season 9, and that meant an emergency recording session while Mary was on the road. It also meant you got 54 weekly episodes this year!
12/22/2014 • 15 minutes, 47 seconds
Writing Excuses Season 9.52: From the Page to the Stage
Allison W. Hill and C. Austin Hill joined us at the Out of Excuses Retreat to talk about turning A Night of Blacker Darkness, by Dan Wells, into a stage play. "From the page to the stage" is a thing that theater people actually say to describe this, so the process is one that has a lot of precedent behind it. We talk about the guiding principles behind adaptation, and then dive into the challenges that our guests face with this particular project.
(Note: We may be tweaking the audio on this episode in the future to remove the "Season 10" references right at the end. They're confusing, and you don't need that.)
12/15/2014 • 21 minutes, 7 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.51: Q&A At The Retreat
If there's a crowd with good questions, it's the Out of Excuses Workshop and Retreat attendees.
Given the trend toward moral ambiguity, is there still a place for an unquestionably evil character?
Should you publish a first book that isn't in the style or genre that you're ultimately interested in?
Is it possible to write epic fantasy with a single POV?
Of all of the myriad talents of the literary agents you work with, what's the one that makes you stick with your agent?
How do you maintain your writing chops when you're buried in the research phase of a project?
What are some issues a short story writer should be aware of when tackling a novel?
How do you go about discovery writing characters?
When you build a story, does the foreshadowing go in during the first pass, or in later edits?
Our sponsor, Audible, is giving away Legion: Skin Deep, by Brandon Sanderson between now and December 24th. Follow that link and get a free audio book!
12/8/2014 • 19 minutes, 8 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.50: Writing for the Enfranchised Reader
Recorded live in front of the Out of Excuses students, a crowd of savvy readers if ever there was one, we talk about how to effectively write for readers who are familiar with the genre or story structure in which we're writing. It's a tricky problem, since genre fiction is supported in large part by the very tropes that prove problematic. Sometimes the solution is trope subversion, but that brings its own problems.
Dave Farland’s Writing Workshops sponsored us for this episode! Both Brandon and Dan have studied under Dave, and we’re all happy to wholeheartedly recommend his workshops to you. If you can’t fly to his place, well, visit MyStoryDoctor.com and take the online course. The coupon code for your Writing Excuses discount is EXCUSES, but don't think that means you actually HAVE any of those...
12/4/2014 • 18 minutes, 21 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.48: Neurobolics of Characters
As authors we spend a lot of time trying to make our readers care about the characters we create. We have a wide variety of techniques at our disposal to accomplish this. But do we ever ask ourselves why any of this is possible in the first place? What is it about our brains that makes us care about fictional characters?
Enter Cory Doctorow, who posed this question to us at Westercon 67. If you like the episodes where a guest comes in and blows our minds (and they're some of our favorites) you need to put this one on the list.
Audiobook Pick of the Week: Homeland, by Cory Doctorow, narrated by Wil Wheaton, with Noah Swartz and Jacob Applebaum. (Note: Cory Doctorow's titles aren't carried by Audible, but you can find all of them here and buy them DRM-free directly from Cory.)
12/1/2014 • 19 minutes, 44 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.49: Hiding the Open Grave
So, you're planning to kill somebody, but you don't want anyone to see it coming. How do you make that happen?
We begin by talking about the hints that writers inadvertently drop, and why they drop those hints. Then we look at how to write without sending those cues, and how to get away with that while still fulfilling promises made to the reader.
Special Offer: Our sponsor, Audible, is giving away Legion: Skin Deep, by Brandon Sanderson between now and December 24th. Follow that link and get a free audio book!
11/24/2014 • 18 minutes, 39 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.47: Conversation With a Bookseller
Sara Glassman joins us to talk about back cover copy, covers, query letters, signings, and what booksellers look for on page one.
11/18/2014 • 16 minutes, 39 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.46: Disability in Narrative
Charlie Harmon, one of the luminaries of Utah area fandom, joined us to talk about disability in narrative. She's been going blind gradually since she was a child, and these days while she can see some colored blurs, she cannot read, or recognize faces. We talk about some of the nuances of disability that many writers fail to capture, and how we can learn to write those things more convincingly.
11/9/2014 • 14 minutes, 42 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.45: Tools for Writing from Oral Storytelling
M. Todd Gallowglas is a writer and a storyteller who has spent years doing traditional oral storytelling at renaissance fairs. He joined us at FantasyCon/Westercon 67 before a live audience and talked to us about how this tradition has informed his writing, and how these principles can inform our writing as well. He also schools us (okay, mostly Howard) about how these principles should be informing parts of our podcast.
11/3/2014 • 17 minutes, 8 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.44: Getting in the Writer’s Mindset with Peter Beagle
We were thrilled to have Peter Beagle join us for an episode, recorded live at Westercon 67. We talked about the writer's mindset, and how to get into it. Peter schooled Brandon before the episode even began, and then proceeded to school all the rest of us.
Peter is an absolute delight to listen to. We hope you enjoy this episode as much as we did.
10/27/2014 • 18 minutes, 40 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.43: Writing Mysteries
Live from Westercon 67 and Fantasy Con, Mette Ivie Harrison and J.R. Johannson join us to talk about writing for the mystery genre. We begin by talking about the key differences between thrillers and mysteries, and then move into how this understanding can drive our story structures. We discuss how characters with arcs and iconic characters drive different types of stories, and how each of us go about building these kinds of things.
10/20/2014 • 17 minutes, 58 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.42: The Convention-Author Relationship, with Deirdre Saoirse Moen
Deirdre Saoirse Moen, who organizes fan-run literary cons and schedules programs for them, joins us to talk about programming from the convention's point of view.
10/12/2014 • 18 minutes, 49 seconds
Registration is open for the 2015 Out of Excuses Writing Workshop and Retreat
Registration is now open for the 2015 Out of Excuses Writing Workshop and Retreat.
For the last two years the event has had a very limited size, and as a result has sold out very quickly. For 2015 we have moved to a new venue, removed the attendance limit, and increased the amount of instructor interaction—all without raising the price.
The 2015 Out of Excuses Writing Workshop and Retreat will be held from September 20th through the 27th on the Independence of the Seas.
It's a cruise ship.
[UPDATE: We have sold through our original block of rooms. The cruise has provided us with additional rooms, but the rate is higher for these. The updated rates are now reflected on the registration page, and in the numbers provided below]
The base price of $1300 covers the full week of intensive seminars, writing exercises, and free writing time, plus meals, double-occupancy lodging, and a cruise to four different Caribbean destinations. Attendees will also be invited to submit questions for some of the episodes of Writing Excuses which will be recorded while we're at sea.
At sea. Seriously.
SEMINARS
Each seminar will include writing exercises and Q&A time with the instructor. Topics will include:
Outlining
Revision
Pacing
Suspense
Humor
Worldbuilding
Character creation
... and much more.
ADDITIONAL BREAKOUT SESSIONS
There will be a limited number of additional breakout sessions and one-on-one sessions with individual instructors. There is no additional charge for these, but because of the size of the event they will be distributed by lottery. The first 100 attendees registering prior to January 15th, 2015, will be entered in the lottery.
These breakout sessions include:
6-member novel critique groups: Members will submit excerpts up to 5000 words for critique by the group as well as one of the podcasters. (Please note that this means you are committing to critique the stories of the other group members.)
6-member short story critique groups: Members will submit short stories up to 5000 words for critique by the group as well as one of the podcasters. (Please note that this means you are committing to critique the stories of the other group members.)
6-member outlining sessions: Each person must come prepared with a story idea, including an ending. The host will help each attendee turn that into a working outline, ready for them to begin writing.
One-on-one Q&As: This is a 15-minute one-on-one session with one of the hosts, and you decide how that time will be spent. We can critique the first five pages of a manuscript, drill down on a worldbuilding conundrum, answer specific questions, or offer general advice.
GUEST HOSTS
Nalo Hopkinson. (Photo (c)2011 by David Findlay)
To give you an even bigger bang for your buck, we are inviting other authors and industry professionals to help teach classes and breakouts throughout the week. The number of additional hosts depends on the number of attendees.
Nalo Hopkinson is a professional writing teacher, and one of our favorite panelists to listen to at conventions—she's personable, funny, and brilliant. She's been nominated for the Philip K. Dick award, the Nebula award, and Aurora award, all multiple times; her short story collection “Skin Folk” won the World Fantasy award, and her novel The New Moon's Arms won the Sunburst award. She's a Jamaican-Canadian whose tap roots extend to Trinidad and Guyana. She is a professor of Creative Writing at the University of California Riverside. She has taught numerous times at both Clarion and Clarion West. Her short story collection Falling in Love With Hominids will appear from Tachyon Books in 2015. In short, she's very good at what she does, and very good at teaching others how to do it. She'll be an excellent addition to the workshop, and we're excited to have her.
Delia Sherman was born in Tokyo, Japan, and brought up in New York City.
10/9/2014 • 8 minutes, 23 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.41: Fan Writing, with Christopher J. Garcia
Christopher J. Garcia, publisher and editor of The Drink Tank, joins us for a discussion of fan writing.
10/5/2014 • 16 minutes, 2 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.40: Understanding Royalties, with Paul Stevens
Paul Stevens, an editor at Tor, joined us in front of a live audience at Westercon 67 to talk about royalties.
9/28/2014 • 22 minutes, 15 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.39: Publicity for Books
Patty Garcia, Director of Publicity at Tor, joins us to discuss publicizing books
9/22/2014 • 21 minutes, 3 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.38: Q&A at Westercon
Peter Orullian joins us in front of a live audience at Westercon 67 for a Q&A. The questions include:
As a writer, how do you handle reviewing other people's books?
How do you compartmentalize your writing to prevent that obsession from displacing everything else?
(Here are the signs we talked about)
How do you create frightening, unique creatures?
What are the basics about networking at a convention?
Is there a yield for the average story idea?
What rules do you follow and what rules do you break when writing epic fantasy?
What can you do in critique groups to teach craft if you're avoiding prescriptive critique?
How strongly do you believe that the audience won't remember what you've told them, but will remember how you said it?
9/15/2014 • 22 minutes, 23 seconds
9.37: Training A Critique Group, with Kathleen Dalton Woodbury
Kathleen Dalton Woodbury, the forum moderator at the Hatrack River writers group joined us at Westercon 67 to talk about critique groups. We cover how critiques should be offered, as well as importance of receiving critiques graciously and without defense, and we reflect on lots of the good and bad writing groups and critique groups we've been a part of.
This is hard to get right, but once you do get it right your critique group can become the team that helps you turn your work into something outstanding.
9/8/2014 • 21 minutes, 14 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.36: Writing Instruction
David Farland joins, along with a live audience at Westercon 67, for a discussion on writing instruction.
9/1/2014 • 16 minutes, 30 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.35: What to do when you disagree with your editor
Peter Orullian joins us to discuss managing the author-editor relationship when things go wrong.
8/24/2014 • 17 minutes, 55 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.34: Science Fiction as Science Education
Brad "Doctor Zombie" Voytek talks to us about making science accessible and attractive through science fiction.
8/17/2014 • 16 minutes, 50 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.33: Microcasting
Q&A in which we cover proofreading, writing time, career stuff, and no, you can't have any of our DNA.
8/10/2014 • 17 minutes, 8 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.32: Adjusting Character Proactivity
We talk about how to make characters more or less proactive in the stories we tell.
The fourth of the SHADOWS BENEATH critique episodes, in which Howard is stuck...
7/27/2014 • 33 minutes
Writing Excuses 9.30: Critiquing A Fire in the Heavens
The third of the SHADOWS BENEATH critique episodes, in which Mary schools us with Milford...
7/20/2014 • 21 minutes, 58 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.29: Part 2 of 2, Critiquing Sixth of the Dusk
The second of the SHADOWS BENEATH critique episodes, in which we thrash on a new Cosmere story from Brandon Sanderson so that he can fix it. Part 2 of 2.
7/13/2014 • 21 minutes, 48 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.28: Part 1 of 2, Critiquing Sixth of the Dusk
The first of the SHADOWS BENEATH critique episodes, in which we thrash on a new Cosmere story from Brandon Sanderson so that he can fix it. Part 1 of 2.
7/6/2014 • 18 minutes, 8 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.27: Pre-writing
Pre-writing: It's like pre-cooking, only with more abandoned prologues and fewer refried beans.
6/30/2014 • 18 minutes
Writing Excuses 9.26: Adjusting Character Competence
In which we discuss adjusting how competent our characters appear...
6/23/2014 • 18 minutes, 54 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.25: Adjusting Character Sympathy
In which we discuss adjusting how sympathetic the reader is toward a particular character...
6/16/2014 • 18 minutes, 56 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.24: Side Quests
Side quests come in a couple of forms -- they may be something inside the book that takes the characters away from the main plotline, or they may be adventures that take place outside of the book itself.
We talk about the first type, and how to make sure they're in the book for the right reasons, citing examples from The Wizard of Oz, The Hobbit, Redshirts, The Way of Kings, and The Hollow City among other stories.
In covering the second type, we talk about how ebooks have made ancillary, side-quest releases more common, and we cite the book trailers for the Partials series, the Glamourist Histories Christmas Stories, Steelheart, and the Schlock Mercenary Bonus Stories.
6/9/2014 • 18 minutes, 42 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.23: World Building Without Breaking Viewpoint
How do you describe water from the point of view of a fish?
6/2/2014 • 18 minutes, 24 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.22: Microcasting
Prologues, motivations, and research, oh my!
5/26/2014 • 19 minutes, 30 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.21: Sanderson’s 3rd Law
When building your world, go deep rather than going wide.
5/19/2014 • 20 minutes, 42 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.20: Creator vs Creation
How do we interact with readers who find meaning in our works that we don't recall putting in there?
5/12/2014 • 18 minutes, 36 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.19: Showing Emotion
How to go about showing a character's emotions without them seeming emo.
5/5/2014 • 17 minutes, 49 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.18: Microcasting
We answer questions on tropes, narrative styles, editing, rule-breaking and more.
4/28/2014 • 18 minutes, 40 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.17: Microcasting
A Q&A episode with Eric James Stone
4/21/2014 • 18 minutes, 23 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.16: Coming up with a New Ending Halfway Through
What to do when you discover your planned ending isn't actually going to work...
4/16/2014 • 19 minutes, 45 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.15: Becoming a Writer—Full Disclosure
Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard talk about the unpleasant surprises their careers dropped on them.
4/7/2014 • 18 minutes, 18 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.14: How to have an Opinion as a Public Figure
We talk about expressing controversial opinions on the Internet. And just talking about it might be controversial...
4/4/2014 • 20 minutes, 16 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.13: Three Pronged Character Development
We explore a three-value model for troubleshooting characters: Competence, Proactivity, and Sympathy
3/30/2014 • 20 minutes, 5 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.12: Microcasting! Twice in a row!
A Q&A covering editing, rule-breaking, writing the other, gift-giving, and more.
3/24/2014 • 18 minutes, 20 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.11: Microcasting
Eric James Stone joins us to answer questions about editors, pitching, pantsing, and encouragement.
3/17/2014 • 20 minutes, 21 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.10: Engaging Characters
What makes characters engaging, and how is that different from them being sympathetic?
3/10/2014 • 18 minutes, 34 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.9: What to do When Truth is Stranger than Fiction
How do you put true stuff in your books when the truth is just too strange?
3/3/2014 • 17 minutes, 49 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.8: When is your Handwavium Good Enough?
What is handwavium? How does it work? What happens when it doesn't work?
2/24/2014 • 15 minutes, 53 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.7: Last Pass Revisions with Eric James Stone
Eric James Stone joins us for a discussion of revision, and what the final pass process looks like.
2/16/2014 • 18 minutes, 51 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.6: The Experience of Time
Time passes, and we have lots of ways to tell readers how quickly that's happening.
2/10/2014 • 20 minutes, 16 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.5: Hijacking the Knowledge You Already Have, with Mette Ivie Harrison
Mette Ivie Harrison joins us to talk about how to "hijack" the knowledge you already have in order to make you a better writer.
2/3/2014 • 19 minutes, 6 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.4: Artificial Intelligence with Nancy Fulda
Nancy Fulda talks Artificial Intelligence with Brandon, Mary, and Howard.
1/27/2014 • 19 minutes, 41 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.3: Character Perception vs. Narrative Perception with Nancy Fulda
Nancy Fulda joins the cast for a discussion of narrative versus character perceptions
1/19/2014 • 19 minutes, 5 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.2: Hard Science Fiction with Eric James Stone
Eric James Stone joins us for a discussion of hard science fiction -- what it is, what it isn't, and how to do it well.
1/13/2014 • 17 minutes, 57 seconds
Writing Excuses 9.1: Chronology of a Book Deal with Eric James Stone
Eric James Stone joins us to talk about the book deal chronology for UNFORGETTABLE.
1/6/2014 • 22 minutes, 16 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.52: You Think You Don’t Have Time to Write, with Mette Ivie Harrison
Mette Ivie Harrison joins us to talk about the reasons you think you don't have time to write.
12/30/2013 • 18 minutes, 31 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.51: Creative non-fiction with Mette Ivie Harrison
Mette Ivie Harrison joins us to discuss creative non-fiction, the genre in which the tools of creative writing are applied to factually accurate narratives.
12/23/2013 • 17 minutes, 49 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.50: Q&A with Mercedes Lackey
Mercedes Lackey joins Brandon, Mary, and Howard to field listener questions at GenCon Indy.
12/15/2013 • 20 minutes, 47 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.49: Hard Social Science Fiction with Joel Shepherd
Joel Shepherd joins Brandon, Mary, and Howard to talk about hard social science.
12/8/2013 • 16 minutes, 6 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.48: Long-Form Storytelling with Sam Logan
Sam Logan of "Sam and Fuzzy" talks long-form storytelling with Brandon, Mary, and Howard
12/1/2013 • 20 minutes, 43 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.47: Roguishness with Scott Lynch
Scott Lynch, author of The Republic of Thieves, joins Brandon, Howard, and Mary before a live audience at GenCon Indy to talk about roguishness.
Why do we like rogues? What can a roguish character accomplish in terms of story purposes? Can the rogue accomplish things a more classically moral character cannot? Most importantly, what do authors need to do in order to help readers like the rogues, rather than just thinking they're awful people?
11/25/2013 • 19 minutes, 15 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.46: Editing with Aeryn Rudel
Aeryn Rudel from Privateer Press and Skull Island X joins us at GenCon Indy to talk about editing.
11/17/2013 • 16 minutes, 53 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.45: Gencon Q&A With Wesley Chu
Wes Chu joins Brandon, Mary, and Howard for a live audience Q&A at GenCon
11/11/2013 • 16 minutes, 56 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.44: Talking Publishing with Tom Doherty
Tom Doherty, president and founder of Tor books, joins us at GenCon to talk publishing.
11/3/2013 • 16 minutes, 12 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.43: Realistic Melee Fighting with Wesley Chu
Wesley Chu joins us at GenCon Indy for a discussion of realistic melee fighting.
10/27/2013 • 18 minutes, 53 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.42: The Internal Heckler vs. The Internal Editor
"Silence your internal editor" may not be very good advice. We talk about why.
10/20/2013 • 17 minutes, 32 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.41: Out of Excuses Retreat Microcasting
Microcasting... it's what we call Q&A. Beta readers, IP issues, discovery writing, chapter length, and more.
10/14/2013 • 18 minutes, 3 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.40: Publishing with Bill Schafer
Bill Schaefer of Subterranean Press talks publishing with us.
10/7/2013 • 19 minutes, 29 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.39: Dystopian Fiction with Cherie Priest
Cherie Priest joins the cast for a discussion of dystopian fiction before a live audience.
9/30/2013 • 19 minutes, 38 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.38:Out of Excuses Retreat Q&A #2
The cast talks about self publishing, our early career difficulties, Easter Eggs, and more...
9/23/2013 • 20 minutes, 34 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.37: When Fail Happens in Your Career
How do you respond to bad reviews, publisher errors, or other possible "career fail" situations?
9/16/2013 • 18 minutes, 30 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.36: Transitioning Characters in Prominence
How do you go about transitioning characters in relative prominence during a series of books?
9/8/2013 • 19 minutes, 50 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.35: Digging Yourself Out of Holes with Jeph Jacques
Jeph Jacques of Questionable Content joins us to talk about discovery writing, and how he digs himself out of holes when he writes himself into them.
9/1/2013 • 17 minutes, 2 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.34: Survivorship Bias
The cast talks about their survivorship bias, and how to pay attention to that bias so that listeners can extract advice from us that might actually work for you
8/26/2013 • 18 minutes, 24 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.33: Making Non-Human Characters Relatable
How do you help your readers relate to the non-human characters in your fiction?
8/18/2013 • 18 minutes, 33 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.32: Microcasting
Q&A covering workflow, contests, lantern-hanging, word counts, and more
8/11/2013 • 19 minutes, 49 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.31: Combining Dialogue, Blocking, and Description
The cast talks about making dialogue, blocking, and description work together for exposition and story-telling.
The cast discusses how to make reluctant, non-proactive, non-go-getting characters interesting to read about.
7/29/2013 • 17 minutes
Writing Excuses 8.29: Out of Excuses Retreat Q&A #1
The cast answers questions about publishing, formatting, process, and the Evil Nemesis John Scalzi.
7/22/2013 • 19 minutes, 4 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.28: Your First Contract
The team talks about contracts, and what you as an author staring at a contract should be considering.
7/14/2013 • 20 minutes, 15 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.27: Chapter Breakdowns
How do we break our books into chapters, and how to we build those chapters to begin with?
7/7/2013 • 19 minutes, 27 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.26: Space Opera
What does "space opera" mean, and how might you go about writing it?
6/30/2013 • 20 minutes, 41 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.25: Middle Grade with E.J. Patten
E.J. Patten joins us again, this to discuss the particulars of writing middle-grade fiction.
6/23/2013 • 18 minutes, 35 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.24: Project in Depth–Kiss Me Twice
Mary walks Brandon, Dan, and Howard through the processes for writing "Kiss Me Twice," her Hugo-nominated novella
6/16/2013 • 0
Writing Excuses 8.23: Microcasting
Brandon, Dan, Mary, Howard, and guest E.J. Patten answer a slew of questions about writing and the business of writing.
6/9/2013 • 16 minutes, 18 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.22: Pre-writing with E.J. Patten
E.J. Patten joins us to talk about pre-writing -- all that work that gets done before the prose happens.
6/2/2013 • 18 minutes, 35 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.21: What the Avengers did Right
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard loved "The Avengers," and would like to tell you what they think the film did right.
5/26/2013 • 20 minutes, 16 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.20: The Short Story, with Mary Robinette Kowal
Mary Robinette Kowal walks us through writing short stories.
5/19/2013 • 17 minutes, 34 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.19: Writing and Convention Culture
Writing Excuses tackles water from the perspective of the fish. Also? The culture surrounding writers.
5/12/2013 • 17 minutes, 58 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.18: Blocking
Blocking! What is it, why is it important, and how can you do it well?
5/6/2013 • 18 minutes, 11 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.17: Microcasting
The Writing Excuses Crew fields questions about crossed genres, literary fiction, magical realism, and more.
4/28/2013 • 17 minutes, 48 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.16: Brainstorming with Brandon Again
Mary, Dan, and Howard help Brandon brainstorm a story, this time featuring psychic birds.
4/22/2013 • 18 minutes
Writing Excuses 8.15: Narrative Rhythm
We begin with an audio glitch and a jumbling of our usual intro. Why? Because it breaks rhythm, and sometimes you may actually want to do that.
Narrative rhythm is the pattern of story elements and associated structures that help drive the reader's pace through a book. Consciously managed, narrative rhythm is a a critical pacing tool, but can also be used to point up important information, increase the impact of certain scenes, and even encourage the reader to take a breather.
We talk about examples from film (it's not the same thing, but it's easy to make the point this way), as well as examples from our own work. Scenes and sequels, chapter breaks, cliffhangers, and more all come in to play here. And of course you, fair listener, want to know how to manage narrative rhythm, and we cover some tips and tricks for that, too.
4/15/2013 • 19 minutes, 57 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.14: Brainstorming with Brandon
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard brainstorm a science-fiction short story featuring artificial intelligence
4/7/2013 • 20 minutes, 12 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.13: Fake It Till You Make it
Mary, Howard, Dan, and Brandon talk about the things we do to feel like professionals.
4/1/2013 • 20 minutes, 30 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.12: Project in Depth — Deus ex Nauseum
The cast grills Howard about "Deus ex Nauseum," the bonus story from Emperor Pius Dei
3/24/2013 • 17 minutes, 39 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.11: Abnormal Psychology
Robison Wells discusses writing mentally ill characters with Brandon, Mary, and Dan.
3/18/2013 • 22 minutes, 4 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.10: Brainstorming With Howard Again
Howard brainstorms with Brandon, Mary, and Dan on a Schlock Mercenary bonus story.
3/11/2013 • 20 minutes, 9 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.9: Brainstorming with Howard
The team helps Howard brainstorm a story about big Pharma and Death...
3/4/2013 • 21 minutes, 13 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.8: Writing and Personal Health
Robison Wells joins Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard to talk about health -- especially the mental kind.
2/25/2013 • 20 minutes, 41 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.7: Cliffhangers and Icebergs with Robison Wells
Robison Wells joins the 'cast to talk to us about cliffhangers.
2/17/2013 • 19 minutes, 16 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.6: Retellings and Adaptations
Why would you retell a story that has already been told? Now, how would you go about doing it well?
2/11/2013 • 16 minutes, 27 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.5: Breaking the Rules
They're not rules, they're guidelines. Right? Let's talk about breaking "rules" of writing.
2/4/2013 • 19 minutes, 20 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.4: Side-Character Arcs
Do you need arcs and development for side-characters?
1/28/2013 • 17 minutes, 3 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.3: Pets
How do you give a personality to the animal or animals in your story? How do you do it without being a crazy cat lady?
1/21/2013 • 17 minutes, 43 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.2: Hero’s Journey
Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mary talk about the Hero's Journey. Finally.
1/13/2013 • 17 minutes, 6 seconds
Writing Excuses 8.1: Microcasting
We're back for the New Year, and we start by answering all your questions. Or at least eight of them.
1/6/2013 • 17 minutes, 43 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.54: Four Ways the Industry is Changing
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard each take a look at some changing aspect of the industry, and how they're reacting to that change.
12/31/2012 • 19 minutes, 4 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.53: Secret History
How is "Men in Black" like "Abraham Lincoln: Vampire Hunter?" This week on Writing Excuses we talk about Secret History, and how to do it well.
12/26/2012 • 16 minutes, 42 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.52: Microcasting
A fast-paced Q&A covering discouragement, magic systems, ideas, and our embarrassing early projects.
12/17/2012 • 17 minutes, 49 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.51: Brainstorming with Mary
Mary invites Brandon, Dan, and Howard to brainstorm a story with her.
12/12/2012 • 18 minutes, 33 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.50: Outlining the Mary Way
Mary Robinette Kowal schools Brandon, Dan, and Howard with her outlining system.
12/10/2012 • 18 minutes, 35 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.49: Beginnings Revisited
We've talked about where to start. Now Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard talk about how to start -- what goes "in" when you're going "in late, out early."
12/3/2012 • 18 minutes, 44 seconds
NaNoWriMo 2012: Bonus Episode 4, with Mary & Brandon
Brandon Sanderson and Mary Robinette Kowal provide last-minute writing advice to you NaNoWriMo'ers out there...
11/29/2012 • 3 minutes, 14 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.48: Pixar Rules for Writing a Compelling Story
Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mary review some of Emma Coats' "Pixar Rules" for storytelling
11/26/2012 • 18 minutes, 59 seconds
NaNoWriMo 2012: Bonus Episode 3, with Howard
Howard Tayler gives NaNoWriMo participants a pep-talk on their way into the last week of the month.
11/23/2012 • 2 minutes, 35 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.47: Raising the Stakes
What are the things that matter to your characters? What things matter to your readers? After we get the obligatory ambiguity out of the way, we settle into talking about the "stakes" and the escalation thereof.
11/19/2012 • 17 minutes, 52 seconds
NaNoWriMo 2012: Bonus Mini-Episode 2, with Dan & Rob
Dan Wells and Robison Wells give you a pep talk for the second week of NaNoWriMo.
11/15/2012 • 4 minutes, 19 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.46: Project in Depth The Emperor’s Soul
Brandon talks in depth about his novella "The Emperor's Soul"
11/12/2012 • 23 minutes, 17 seconds
NaNoWriMo 2012: Bonus Mini-Episode 1, with Brandon & Mary
Brandon and Mary take time out from World Fantasy to encourage everyone participating in NaNoWriMo.
11/8/2012 • 2 minutes, 48 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.45: Microcasting
It's microcasting time! This week we take a crack at the following listener questions:
What percentage of a rough draft makes it into print?
What are the pitfalls of jumping from novels to short fiction, and vice versa?
Do you need to start with short fiction first?
(This answer involves this link to Jim C. Hines.)
Should a novice writer fix glaring story problems during a draft, or wait until after?
Can a self-published author get picked up by a traditional publisher?
How do you get over the fear of writing something unoriginal?
(We break this question into two larger questions--we can do that, we use Author Math--and reference some previous episodes.)
(We should also point out the irony that yes, Howard is usually the one who writes these up, but on the one day we say it's going to be Howard it's actually Dan.)
Can I pay you to help me outline my story?
(The answer to this particular question involves what I call "a massive yet slightly late announcement" about the "Out of Excuses" Workshop and Retreat. We also just announced a scholarship for the retreat.)
11/5/2012 • 18 minutes, 56 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.44: Writing for Comics with Jim Zub
Jim Zub talks writing comics with Brandon, Howard, and Mary at GenCon Indy
10/29/2012 • 17 minutes, 31 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.43: Tie-in Fantasy Fiction with James L Sutter
James L. Sutter, Pathfinder editor with Paizo, talks to us about tie-in fiction.
10/22/2012 • 16 minutes, 1 second
Writing Excuses 7.42: Contemporary YA Fiction
Janci Patterson joins us to talk about contemporary YA , her debut novel "Chasing the Skip," and writing from a pitch.
10/15/2012 • 16 minutes, 31 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.41: Seven-Point Story Structure
Dan Wells walks us through the seven-point story structure format he uses, and then we demonstrate by brainstorming this on a sample story.
10/7/2012 • 19 minutes, 15 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.40: Writing the Other
Maurice Broaddus joins us to talk about "writing the other" -- writing other cultures, races, genders -- basically anybody who isn't much like you.
10/1/2012 • 19 minutes, 4 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.39: Death
Killing characters for all the right reasons, and knowing what the wrong ones are.
9/23/2012 • 18 minutes, 18 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.38: Writing Love Scenes
Shanna Germain joins Brandon, Mary, and Howard for a frank discussion of love scenes.
9/16/2012 • 17 minutes, 39 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.37: Pantsing
Pantsing! What are we even talking about?
We're talking about discovery writing, but apparently some folks think it's more fun to call it "seat-of-your-pants" writing. In this cast we cover this exhilarating process, and how it might best be applied.
Mary uses the "yes-but, no-and" trick. Dan starts with an end in mind, and then ignores it in order to write today's chapter. Brandon, despite being a fairly rigid outliner, often finds himself discovery writing when under odd sorts of pressures. Howard likens discovery writing to improvisational music.
Fundamentally, seat-of-your-pants writing is like seat-of-your-pants anything else: the more practice you have within that discipline, the more of the techniques you've mastered, the more likely you are to succeed in the endeavor.
9/10/2012 • 17 minutes, 58 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.35: Brainstorming with Dan
Dan needs help writing a short story, so Brandon, Mary, and Howard endeavor to help him. Hopefully this will be educational for the rest of you.
9/2/2012 • 17 minutes, 53 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.36: Writing Gaming Fiction with Monte Cook
RPG Luminary Monte Cook joins us at GenCon Indy 2012 to talk about writing for games, and the perils of trying to adapt game play back into prose.
8/27/2012 • 17 minutes, 45 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.34: How to Start the Next One
Finishing one project means it's time to start the next one. And no, it's not necessarily going to get easier...
8/19/2012 • 18 minutes, 50 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.33: Authentic Emotion
Emote! Now do it authentically! In this episode we'll explain how we do it, and hopefully help you do it better.
8/13/2012 • 17 minutes, 58 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.32: Astronomy 101 for Writers
Eric James Stone joins the cast to talk astronomy as a tool for world-building
8/6/2012 • 16 minutes, 59 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.31: Project in Depth — Hollow City
Spoilers galore as we discuss "Hollow City," in depth, with author Dan Wells
7/30/2012 • 21 minutes, 35 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.30: Micocasting…Again!
The crew fields questions about criticism, suspension of disbelief, tension, and more.
7/23/2012 • 19 minutes, 6 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.29: The Villain Problem
What do you do when your villain is more interesting and engaging than your hero? The first step? Admit that this is a problem...
7/15/2012 • 18 minutes
Writing Excuses 7.28: Project in Depth– Glamour in Glass
Mary Robinette Kowal talks in depth about her novel Glamour In Glass, fielding questions from Brandon, Dan, and Howard.
7/9/2012 • 23 minutes, 1 second
Writing Excuses 7.27: The Problem of Originality
Do we value originality too much? What does it mean to be original, and how can we, as authors, write wonderful things when all of the good ideas have already been used?
7/2/2012 • 16 minutes, 23 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.26: Q&A at UVU part 2
Recorded live at Utah Valley University, here's another Q&A episode from the LTUE Symposium!
The questions:
What was Brandon's plan with Mistborn and the themes regarding establishment?
Why does Kelsier shrug so much? (This leads into a fun discussion of "tells.")
How do you know when to stop a chapter? What about expanding it?
How do you make your prose more transparent?
How do you decide who and what to cut?
What do you do to filter out the extraneous ideas that come while you're writing?
What can collaborators do in order to create a single "voice" for the book?
What's the best way to tackle a long back-story?
Want answers? You'll just have to listen...
6/25/2012 • 19 minutes, 32 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.25: Writing Capers
Capers and Heists as a plot form, with lots of movies cited as examples.
6/17/2012 • 17 minutes, 29 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.24: Project in Depth — Way of Kings
Brandon answers "The Way of Kings" questions from Mary, Howard, and Dan.
6/10/2012 • 23 minutes, 24 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.23: Time Travel
Recorded live, our regular 'casters discuss time travel, and somehow manage not to become any of their own parents, or even uncles.
6/3/2012 • 17 minutes, 39 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.22: Microcasting
A microcast is our word for an asynchronous Q&A episode: you ask us tons of questions online, either through twitter or facebook or our listenermail account (on the sidebar), and we want to answer as many of them as we can. Not every answer can fill an entire episode, though, so we take the smaller ones and cover a bunch of them at once in a microcast. This week we take a brief, pithy look at the following:
Prologues and epilogues
Using drawings to get across settings
Simple tricks for naming things
Would you self publish if you had a do over?
How do you keep a powerful character interesting?
Foreshadowing
Trimming
Flashbacks
5/27/2012 • 19 minutes, 10 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.21: Project In Depth — Force Multiplication
Howard answers questions about "Force Multiplication," (the 12th Schlock Mercenary book) as posed by Brandon, Dan, and Mary.
5/21/2012 • 21 minutes, 40 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.20: Cathartic Horror
Michael R. Collings and Michaelbrent Collings discuss cathartic horror with Brandon, Dan, and Mary in front of a live audience at UVU.
5/14/2012 • 19 minutes, 32 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.19: Q&A at UVU
A Q&A with James Dashner covering paragraph edits, plotting, writing prequels to existing series, and more.
5/7/2012 • 16 minutes, 4 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.18: Discovering your Voice
What is your "voice" and how do you identify it? James Artimus Owen joins us for this discussion before a live audience at Life, The Universe, and Everything at Utah Valley University.
4/30/2012 • 18 minutes, 20 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.17: Guns and Fiction
Guest and gun-nut Larry Correia joins the Writing Excuses crew to talk firearms, fiction, and common mistakes.
4/23/2012 • 16 minutes, 55 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.16: Continuing with Mary’s Outline
In this second part a VERY SPECIAL two-part session of Writing Excuses Brandon, Dan, and Howard continue to tear into Mary's first novel outline.
4/16/2012 • 25 minutes, 15 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.15: Editing Mary’s Outline
In this outlining demonstration Mary reads from an early outline, then Brandon, Dan, and Howard brutally dissect it.
4/9/2012 • 22 minutes, 34 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.14: Writing Excuses
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard tell you all the reasons why you shouldn't actually be writing, and why, especially at this time of the year, these writing excuses are so critically important to your career.
4/1/2012 • 17 minutes, 7 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.13: Man Vs. Nature
Brandon and Mary school Howard on "Man vs. Nature." They might school the rest of us, too.
3/25/2012 • 16 minutes, 51 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.12: Writing the Omniscient Viewpoint
Brandon, Mary, and Howard talk about the strengths of the omniscient POV, how to use it well, and what pitfalls to avoid.
3/18/2012 • 22 minutes, 21 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.11: More Microcasting
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard field seven questions in fifteen minutes and forty-two seconds: a new land-speed record!
3/12/2012 • 15 minutes, 42 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.10: Importance of Criticism, with David Brin
David Brin joins Mary and Dan for a discussion of the importance of criticism.
3/5/2012 • 18 minutes, 58 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.9: Microcasting
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard field questions from Twitter, including what to do if you don't like your characters, keeping your plot on track, and how grounded in real geography your urban fantasy should be. There is also a question about bacon.
2/27/2012 • 16 minutes, 23 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.8: The City as a Character
Sarah Pinborough joins Mary and Dan at World Fantasy for a very writerly discussion of London. Also, they discuss using a city as a character.
2/20/2012 • 19 minutes, 27 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.7: Historical Fantasy
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard talk about Historical Fantasy (differentiating it from Alternate History), its popularity, and how you might go about beginning to write it.
2/13/2012 • 18 minutes, 38 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.6: Behind the Marshmallow
In this particularly self-indulgent episode of Writing Excuses we take you behind the marshmallow. We explain the origins of the 'cast, and offer you rare insight into what makes this show what it is. We talk about how the show evolved, how our equipment came to be "borrowed," and how Mary came to be involved.
2/6/2012 • 21 minutes, 40 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.5: Sensory Writing
Sam Sykes joins Dan Wells and Mary Robinette Kowal for a discussion of sound, smell, taste, and touch in prose.
1/30/2012 • 17 minutes, 48 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.4: Brevity
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard help you keep it short and simple.
1/23/2012 • 15 minutes, 18 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.3: Fauna and Flora
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard tackle worldbuilding flora and fauna again, this time through negative examples, pizza-trees, and a can of worms.
1/16/2012 • 17 minutes, 37 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.2: World Building Flora and Fauna
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard talk about fictional ecologies.
1/9/2012 • 15 minutes, 40 seconds
Writing Excuses 7.1 When Good Characters Go Bad
How do you take a good character and make them evil? And why would you want to do this? Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard answer that second question first, and then walk you through the process of doing this.
1/2/2012 • 19 minutes, 41 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.30: Help! I Can’t End My Book!
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard talk endings, and how to troubleshoot common problems writers have with them.
12/26/2011 • 20 minutes, 51 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.29: Character Foils
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard talk about using character foils in building a story.
12/19/2011 • 15 minutes, 39 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.28: Interstitial Art
Ellen Kushner and Delia Sherman from the Interstitial Arts Foundation join Mary Robinette Kowal and Dan Wells to talk about the gaps between genres.
12/12/2011 • 19 minutes, 55 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.27: Fantasy Setting Yard Sale
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard brainstorm some fantasy setting elements for you. Need a magic system on the cheap? How about a political power structure?
12/4/2011 • 17 minutes, 21 seconds
NaNoWriMo Pep-talk from Howard
Howard brings NaNoWriMo home with a final pep-talk for you. Short version: you're still out of excuses. Don't stop writing.
11/30/2011 • 1 minute, 25 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.26: Mystery Plotting
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard talk about plotting a good mystery, especially as part of a non-mystery-genre book.
11/28/2011 • 17 minutes, 3 seconds
NaNoWriMo Pep-Talk from Dan
This your third week of NaNoWriMo, and Dan's here to tell you your wordcount should be at around 38,000. He also tells us how NaNoWriMo helped him write faster and keep to a schedule, and that you (yes YOU) are awesome.
11/23/2011 • 1 minute, 6 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.25: When Characters do Dumb Things
Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mary talk about making characters do dumb things for smart reasons.
11/21/2011 • 16 minutes, 21 seconds
NaNoWriMo Pep-Talk from Mary
Mary Robinette Kowal offers encouragement to the 2011 NaNoWriMo crowd.
11/17/2011 • 1 minute, 40 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.24: From the Ridiculous to the Sublime
Andrew P. Mayer joins Howard, Mary, and Dan to talk about taking silly ideas and making seriously awesome stuff out of them.
11/14/2011 • 18 minutes, 38 seconds
NaNoWriMo Pep-Talk from Brandon
Brandon Sanderson offers a quick pep-talk for NaNoWriMo participants.
11/9/2011 • 1 minute, 13 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.23: Pigeon Holes
Jonathan Maberry joins Howard, Dan, and Mary to discuss pigeonholes -- specifically, not ending up in one.
11/7/2011 • 17 minutes, 18 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.22: Continuing Education for Writers
Mur Lafferty joins Howard, Mary, and Dan to talk about ways in which writers can continue their education.
10/31/2011 • 19 minutes, 1 second
Writing Excuses 6.21: Brainstorming From Story Seeds
Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard each crank out the beginnings of a story from the same set of story seeds.
10/24/2011 • 16 minutes, 8 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.20: Endings
Lou Anders joins Dan, Howard, and Mary for a discussion of endings.
10/17/2011 • 18 minutes, 55 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.19: Pitching
Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mary talk about pitching -- a critical skill for new and established authors alike.
10/10/2011 • 17 minutes, 50 seconds
6.18: The Hollywood Formula, with Lou Anders
Lou Anders joins Mary, Dan, and Howard at Dragon*Con for a discussion of the Hollywood Formula.
10/2/2011 • 20 minutes, 16 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.17: Writing Assistants
Peter Ahlstrom, assistant to Brandon Sanderson, and Valerie Dowbenko, assistant to Pat Rothfuss, join Brandon and Dan to talk about what they do for "their authors."
9/25/2011 • 21 minutes, 10 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.16: Gender Roles–Black, White, and Gray
Keffy Kehrli joins Brandon, Mary, and Howard at WorldCon 69 for a discussion of gender roles, gender identity, and transsexualism with the objective of being able to write these things believably and accurately.
9/19/2011 • 20 minutes, 12 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.15: Writing Other Cultures
Lauren Beukes joins the 'cast for a discussion of writing cultures that you're not personally a part of.
9/12/2011 • 18 minutes, 56 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.14: Suspension of Disbelief
Patrick Rothfuss joins the crew at WorldCon 69 for a discussion of how to get readers to suspend their disbelief.
9/5/2011 • 19 minutes, 45 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.13: World Building Communications Technology
Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mary discuss communications technology, and how the ability for characters to communicate is a critical piece of your world-building, whether you're writing science-fiction, fantasy, or pretty much anything else.
8/29/2011 • 16 minutes, 25 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.12: Revising For Description
"The wind rushed across his skin at several hundred miles per second, and registered as an itch." Brandon, Dan, and Mary tear into Howard's two-decade-old manuscript with an eye towards descriptions.
8/22/2011 • 17 minutes
Writing Excuses 6.11: Making Your Descriptions Do More Than One Thing
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard approach writing descriptions from several different angles and at least five disciplines in order to help you get more done with less purple.
8/15/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 6.10: Scott Card’s M.I.C.E. Quotient
Mary walks Brandon, Dan, and Howard through the Milieu, Idea, Character, and Event (M.I.C.E.) quotient from Orson Scott Card, and then they retell the Billy Goats Gruff four times.
8/8/2011 • 17 minutes, 51 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.9: Microcasting 2 Electric Boogaloo
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard take questions from the Twitterverse ranging from outlining, character creation, and plot-hole repair to skill development and writing groups.
7/31/2011 • 17 minutes, 48 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.8: What an Agent Does
Howard Tayler and Dan Wells interview literary agent Sara Crowe about what agents do for authors, and why having an agent might be the right thing for your career.
7/25/2011 • 18 minutes, 7 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.7: Brainstorming a Cyberpunk Story
Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Mary brainstorm a cyberpunk story using concepts pulled at random from a mythology textbook.
7/18/2011 • 19 minutes, 12 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.6: Cyberpunk
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard take a high-level look at cyberpunk (the literary genre) for writers considering creating something along those lines.
7/11/2011 • 16 minutes, 42 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.5: Query Letters
Sara Crowe, literary agent with Harvey Klinger, joins Dan and Howard for a discussion of query letters.
7/4/2011 • 21 minutes, 20 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.4: Microcasting
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard field questions from the Twitterverse -- commercial publishing, finding balance, structuring stories, defining moments, and more.
6/27/2011 • 19 minutes, 10 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.3: Professional Organizations
Brandon, Dan, Mary, and Howard talk about SFWA, NCS, and other professional organizations for writers and creators.
6/20/2011 • 20 minutes, 36 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.2: Internal Motivations
Brandon, Mary, Dan, & Howard discuss putting character motivations on the page in support of plot, character arcs, and the story in general.
6/13/2011 • 20 minutes, 12 seconds
Writing Excuses 6.1: Can Creativity be Taught?
Brandon, Mary, Dan, and Howard discuss creativity -- how to learn it, how to teach it, and how to get better at it.
6/6/2011 • 18 minutes, 58 seconds
Writing Excuses 5.39: Filking and Writing Music with Tom Smith
Tom Smith joins Howard and Brandon at Penguicon for a discussion of Filk and some delightfully improvised music.
5/30/2011 • 17 minutes, 59 seconds
Writing Excuses 5.38: Dialog with John Scalzi
John Scalzi joins Brandon and Howard for a discussion of dialog and how genre fiction writers can learn to do a better job with it.
5/23/2011 • 17 minutes, 48 seconds
Writing Excuses 5.37: Parody and Satire with Jim Hines
Jim Hines suffers abuse from Howard and Brandon as the three of them discuss parody, satire, and humor in front of a live audience at Penguicon.
5/16/2011 • 17 minutes, 17 seconds
Writing Excuses 5.36: Non-Traditional Settings with Saladin Ahmed
Saladin Ahmed, Nebula- and Campbell-award nominee joins Brandon and Howard for a discussion of setting -- specifically, setting an epic fantasy in something besides the traditional, Western European middle ages.
5/9/2011 • 17 minutes, 44 seconds
Writing Excuses 5.35: Brainstorming Urban Fantasy
Brandon, Dan, and Howard brainstorm an urban fantasy set in a big-box store in Park City, Utah.
5/2/2011 • 18 minutes, 20 seconds
Writing Excuses 5.34: Story Bibles
Let's talk about bibles. Specifically, story bibles. What are they, why do we use them, why might we NOT use them, and what tools are working for us?
Howard again plugs wikidpad, which he converted Brandon to, and which Dan Wells just couldn't bring himself to love. Dan uses several different Open Office files. The important thing, though, is that when we need to store information about the book in someplace besides the book itself, we write it down in our story bibles.
Dan talks about his new project, how important the story bible was for that, and what sorts of things absolutely have to go in there. Howard talks about the sorts of Schlock-tech that often end up
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: Freakonomics, by Steven D. Leavitt and Stephen J. Dubner, narrated by Stephen J. Dubner.
Writing Prompt: Someone is a were-animal. Pick an animal that hasn't been done. Were-banana-slug, perhaps?
9:40 through 10:10: Yes, we went kind of quiet there. Somebody kicked a cable, maybe?
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
4/24/2011 • 18 minutes, 41 seconds
Writing Excuses on the 2011 Hugo Ballot
Writing Excuses Season 4 has been nominated for a "Best Related Work" Hugo.
4/24/2011 • 7 minutes, 55 seconds
Writing Excuses 5.33: Alpha Readers
Brandon, Dan, and Howard discuss what an alpha reader is, is not, and where one might find these marvelous creatures.
4/17/2011 • 20 minutes, 37 seconds
Writing Excuses 5.32: Urban Fantasy
We begin our discussion of Urban Fantasy with a discussion of definitions, which quickly devolves into an argument over what we are actually supposed to be talking about. Moving right along, we explore what sorts of things we find in an Urban Fantasy, and what sorts of rules these stories usually abide by.
Dan tells us how he set about writing the John Cleaver books, which certainly qualify as Urban Fantasy, Howard tackles the burning question of where one might start in the project of building a mythos, and Brandon explains
his own Urban Fantasy projects, including one failure from which we can all learn an important lesson.
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: The Dresden Files Book One: Storm Front, by Jim Butcher, narrated by James Marsters.
Writing Prompt: . Give us an Urban Fantasy in which the point of origin for your crossover is big box store retail spaces which somehow breach the boundary between our world and the magical one.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
4/10/2011 • 17 minutes, 7 seconds
Writing Excuses 5.31: Writing Romance
Sarah Eden and Robison Wells join Dan and Howard at LTUE to talk about writing romance. Sarah writes in the romance genre, but we're not focusing on the genre -- we're talking about writing romance within the context of whatever else we might happen to be putting on the page.
We lead with how to do it wrong, because nothing is as much fun to talk about as bad romance. It's also educational.
More importantly (and more usefully) we talk about formulas for doing romance correctly. One of the most practical is to pair characters up by finding emotional needs that these characters can meet for each other. We look at examples from each of our work: Sarah's The Kiss of a Stranger, Dan's I Don't Want To Kill You, Howard's The Sharp End of the Stick, and Rob's Variant.
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: I Don't Want To Kill You, by Dan Wells, narrated by Kirby Heyborne. It's true, this book has some great romance in it. Also, murder.
Writing Prompt: Create a character, and then create a complementary character who both meets a need and provides unwelcome challenge.
Everybody's Lisp: Brought to you by the noise reduction software we used. Sorry about that. It won't happen again.
The Bonus Game: Bad Romance! Enjoy!
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
4/4/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.30: Writing Action
Dan and Howard are joined by Larry Correia and Robison Wells, and with the enthusiastic support of a live audience at LTUE they discuss writing action.
3/28/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.29: Rewriting
We were fortunate enough to record two episodes with Tracy Hickman and Dave Wolverton at Life, The Universe, and Everything XXIX. In this second installment these masters of the craft school us on the subject of rewrites.
3/21/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.28: E-publishing
David Farland and Tracy Hickman discuss electronic publishing with Dan and Howard.
3/14/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.27: Perseverance, with Sherrilyn Kenyon
Sherrilyn Kenyon joins Brandon, Dan, and Howard for a discussion of persevering as a writer.
3/7/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.26: Scared for the Characters
Sherrilyn Kenyon tells us all how to make readers fear for the characters in her books.
2/28/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.25: Writing in Other People’s Universes
So, you want to write a Star Wars book? Kevin J. Anderson joins Brandon, Dan, and Howard to tackle writing in other people's universes.
2/21/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.24: The Author’s Responsibility to the Reader
Kevin J. Anderson discusses author productivity with Brandon, Dan, and Howard.
2/14/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.23: Life Day!
Mary Robinette Kowal and Dave Wolverton again join Dan and Howard, and this time we're talking about holidays in fantasy and science-fiction. This 'cast was recorded at Superstars Writing Seminars, and Moses Siregar III of Adventures in Sci-Fi Publishing captured us on video as we recorded.
What sorts of things result in holidays? Historically we see them at the solstices and the equinoxes, planting and harvest, and commemorations of important events. We talk about all of these, and how to work them into your own writing without sounding like you're just filing the serial numbers off of Christmas, Halloween, and Mardi Gras.
So of course we also talk about how to do this wrong.
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: METAtropolis: Cascadia, by Jay Lake, Mary Robinette Kowal, Elizabeth Bear, Ken Scholes, Karl Schroeder, and Tobias Buckell, and narrated by Rene Auberjonois, Kate Mulgrew, Wil Wheaton, Gates McFadden, Jonathan Frakes, LeVar Burton, and Jay Lake.
Writing Prompt: Make up a holiday that isn't based on anything you've seen.
Exclamation Howard Thought He'd Never Use: Bone Puppet Day!
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
2/7/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.22: Film Considerations
Mary Robinette Kowal and Dave Wolverton join Dan and Howard for a discussion of movie considerations and formulas.
1/31/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.21: Alternate History
Mary Robinette Kowal and Eric Flint join Howard and Dan for a discussion of Alternate history - what, why, and how.
1/24/2011 • 22 minutes, 39 seconds
Writing Excuses 5.20: More Dialog Exercises
Brandon, Dan, and Howard critique some dialog-only writing exercises from listeners.
1/17/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.19: Fulfilling Promises to Your Readers
Brandon, Dan, and Howard give examples of making, keeping, and breaking promises to your readers.
1/10/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.18: Offending Your Readers
Brandon, Dan, and Howard discuss avoiding unnecessary offense as writers.
1/3/2011 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.17: Dialog Exercises
Brandon, Dan, and Howard critique some tagless dialog submissions.
12/28/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.16: Critiquing Dan’s First Novel
Late last season we took a look at Brandon's first novel and did some line-editing and critiquing. It was so much fun we decided that Dan needed to take a turn in the dunking booth.
He totally gets wet.
In the course of dunking Dan we cover beginnings, descriptions, character development, pacing, and viewpoint as we tear into the first couple of pages of this novel. Brandon and Howard argue a bit over stylistic approaches, and of course Dan doesn't get a say in things because he drowned. (Note: Dan does get a say in things, but mostly because he is not defending his old work at all.)
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: I Shall Wear Midnight, by Terry Pratchett, read by Stephen Briggs
Writing Prompt: Take an idiomatic expression and make it literal (not as a pun.) For instance, "the crack of dawn" as an actual crack in the sky through which dawn's light shines.
Word That Is Not A Word But Totally Should Be: Discontiguity: [dis-kon-ti-gyoo-i-tee] - noun. A break in a series of things in continuous connection. A severance of contact.
Word That Isn't In The Book, But Brandon Totally Put It There: Scrumptiously.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
12/20/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.12: Time Travel!
Brandon, Dan, and Howard each offer sage advice to their earlier selves.
12/13/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.15: Steampunk with Scott Westerfeld
Scott Westerfeld joins Brandon and Howard for a discussion of Steampunk.
12/6/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.14: Visual Components of Novels with Scott Westerfeld
Scott Westerfeld joins Brandon and Howard for a discussion of the visual components of novels.
11/29/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.13: Writing the Second Book
John Brown joins Brandon, Dan, and Howard for a discussion of second novels, sequels, and the trick to doing it again.
11/22/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.12: The Secret of Lincoln’s Gold
We sta ...
...ising but inev...
... pendently wealthy, tha...
[NO CARRIER]
11/22/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.11: MicroPodcasting 2
Brandon, Dan, and Howard field questions about doing bad things to characters, soliciting feedback, creature design, and outlining.
11/15/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.10: John Brown and the Creative Process
The now cancer-free John Brown joins us again, this time for a discussion of the creative process. John has presented a seminar on this subject in the past, the focus of which is to teach people to unlock their creativity. At the core of this is the problem-solving we all engage in at some point. You have a problem, so you sit down and try to solve it. BAM. Creativity.
With John's help we set out to de-mystify creativity, showing how everybody has to be creative on a regular basis, and how this skill set can be broadened through certain types of behavior, and immersion in particular domains. We explore strategies for developing what feels like a good idea, tactics for getting un-stuck when we're bogged down, and finally figuring out when we're done.
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: The Hallowed Hunt by Lois McMaster Bujold, read by Marguerite Gavin
Writing Prompt: A person gets surgery so in order to imitate He Who Never Sleeps...
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
11/8/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses Bonus Episode! Voting in the Service of a Dark God
This bonus episode is what happens when there are two things we want to plug, and we decide to try and blend them in a single PSA.
Here's the Amazon link for the paperback release of John Brown's first novel, Servant of a Dark God. There is no Amazon link for going out and voting, but what if there were?
There. There's your writing prompt: "Election services offered online via an Amazon link."
Since NaNoWriMo is already a day old, we hope you don't still need a writing prompt. You're out of excuses. Now go write.
11/2/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.9: Character Arcs
John Brown joins us this week for a discussion of plot threads specific to characters. These can be the main plot thread, interesting sub-plots, or just things that shape characters. Sometimes they're things we do deliberately, and sometimes we discovery-write our way into these arcs. We talk about how we do this, and how we know when it is (and isn't!) working well.
We ran a little long, but there were four of us, and we put LOTS of nuts-and-bolts stuff in this 'cast.
Writing Prompt: Your cast of characters is trapped on an emotionally-responsive roller-coaster that mimics their own emotional arcs. How do they use this knowledge?
This Tuesday: John's first novel, Servant of a Dark God, is out in paperback!
ALSO This Tuesday: The polls are open for you, you citizens of the United States! Go vote!
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: The Amulet of Samarkand: The Bartimaeus Trilogy, Book 1, by Jonathan Stroud, read by Simon Jones.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
11/1/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.8: The Excuses You’re Out Of
What are the excuses you make when you're not writing? Brandon, Dan, and Howard examine these, and offer advice for getting the writing done anyway.
10/25/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.7: Avoiding Melodrama
Melodrama. What is it? What do people mean when they say something is too melodramatic?
Usually they do NOT mean "it's too much like a classical melodrama," but it helps if we start with that definition: a melodrama is a story in which each character only expresses one emotion, and/or only has one trait. When we refer to melodrama, we're usually complaining about over-acting.
So... how do we avoid it? How do we create characters in conflict without overdoing the conflict or the characterization. In many ways it comes back to something we say over and over (and over and over) again: make your characters into real people.
But we're not going to leave it at that. We're not just going to repeat what we've been telling you for three years now. No, we've got good tools you can use for writing powerful, emotional moments without your readers whining about melodrama.
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: The Tomb: Repairman Jack #1, by F. Paul Wilson
Writing Prompt: Write a story in which you take a cliched, angsty hero in a completely new direction, so that it doesn't feel cliched.
Dramatic Reading: Stick around after the 'cast for Howard's reading of Mike O's response to our "magical ink" writing prompt.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
10/17/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.6.01: Flash Fiction
Brandon, Dan, and Howard discuss Flash Fiction in less time than it took you to read this excerpt.
10/12/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.6: MicroPodcasts
Fast-paced Q&A with Brandon Sanderson, Dan Wells, and Howard Tayler
10/10/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.5: Writing the Unfamiliar
Brandon, Dan, and Howard discuss "Write what you DON'T know."
10/4/2010 • 0
Parsec Acceptance Speech 2010
Brandon, Dan, and Howard accept their 2010 Parsec Award a bit late, and offer an apology for missing the ceremony.
9/28/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.4: Creating Suspense
Suspense! What is it? What isn't it? What is the relationship between suspense and mystery, and for that matter horror, humor, and adventure? This 'cast is chock full of pithy quotes, useful advice, and anecdotal examples.
9/27/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 5.3: First Person Viewpoint
Bree Despain joins Brandon, Dan, and Howard for a discussion of writing in the 1st-person
9/19/2010 • 0
WE 5.2: Character Quirks
Special guest Bree Despain of the Dark Divine trilogy joins us for a 'cast on character quirks.
A character quirk, avoiding the tautological definition, is something that makes your character memorable. We talk about good quirks, bad quirks, and how to tell the difference. We also laugh a lot because it was late and we were punchy.
We also discuss ways in which stereotype-breaking quirks can be employed without delivering humor, and reasons why we might do this.
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: The Dark Divine by Bree Despain
Regarding That "No Spoilers" Shouting-Match: If you haven't seen Avatar: The Last Airbender (animated) in its entirety yet, it's possible Bree gave something away in the last two minutes of the 'cast.
Writing Prompt: A physical attribute that in some way influences the character's religion
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
9/12/2010 • 0
WE 5.1: Third Person Limited
We've talked about point of view before, but only in general terms: this time we delve into third-person limited in detail, explaining how to use it and when to use it and why.
We apologize for the lateness of the post, and the lameness of this episode description: this is what happens when all three of us go to conventions on the same weekend. Expect a cooler update soon.
[ONE WEEK LATER]
So... yeah, that original post pretty much sums it up. Why should you employ third-person limited, as opposed to first-person, or third-person omniscient, or third-person cinematic? What are the pitfalls, and how can you avoid them?
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: Soulless by Gail Carriger. Vampires, werewolves, and parasols in a steamy, punky, bodice-rippy, alternate-history London.
Writing Prompt: Brandon, Dan, Howard, and Producer Jordo all walk through a room, and each of us sees the room differently.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
9/7/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.34: Q&A at Dragons & Fairy Tales
The last of our three recorded-live episodes is also the last episode of Writing Excuses Season 4. We took questions from the audience, and answered them with ABSOLUTE APLOMB.
Questions asked include:
How did we, as beginning writers, manage to write while holding down day-jobs and/or going to school?
What is the process for getting published?
How do you portray the various dynamics of an ensemble cast?
How do you keep tension up when death isn't a problem for your characters?
How do you make the transition from writing fan-fiction to writing original fiction?
How important is it for an author to stay in touch with the fans online and at events?
What do you do when your cast of characters has grown too large for you to manage it?
What was the biggest stumbling-block for our creativity, and how did we overcome it?
You want the answers? Have a listen!
Writing Prompt: You walk out of a bookstore into torrential rain, and Howard attacks you with the POWER OF THUNDER.
8/29/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.33: Trunk Novels
Recorded live at Dragons & Fairy Tales, this episode is for anybody who has a novel or two (or more) sitting in the bottom of their trunk. What are the best ways to re-use old material you've set aside? We talk about rewriting entire novels, repurposing plots or characters, and moving stories from one place to another.
Sometimes we do this because an idea is just too good to let sit, but the execution on that idea (at least the first time around) wasn't good enough. And sometimes we shouldn't do it at all.
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: Feed by Mira Grant - it's 1/3 zombie novel, 2/3 political thriller.
Writing Prompt: "Interspeciated workplace." Go!
Prompt #2: You just got a "Cease & Desist" from a webcartoonist...
Audience Noises: Delivered on cue, thanks to cleverly positioned signs...
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
8/23/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.32: First Paragraphs
Recorded live at Dragons & Fairy Tales in Eagle Mountain, Utah, this episode features the work of several brave souls who submitted their first paragraphs to us for critique.
We are not American Idol -- we're not out to rip these to shreds. We offer constructive criticism, highlight the good we find, and point out where improvements could be employed.
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: The Desert Spear by Peter V. Brett, which Howard loves because of the risks the author took.
Writing Prompt: You're writing in your journal for the first time in ten years, and the last ten years included the invasion of Earth.
That Thunder You Can Barely Hear: It was really, really loud. And funny.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
8/16/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.31: Line Editing Dialog
A practical, example-filled look at tuning up rough dialog.
8/9/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.30: Worldbuilding the Future
How to build a future setting for your novel by extrapolating from the present, working backwards from the story you want to tell, and getting those to meet in the middle.
8/2/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.29: Line Editing
Brandon, Dan, and Howard demonstrate line-editing on an ancient manuscript.
7/26/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.28: Brainstorming The End and Working Backwards
Brandon, Dan, and Howard start at the ending and work their way backwards for your enjoyment.
7/19/2010 • 18 minutes, 26 seconds
Writing Excuses 4.27: Major Overhauls to Broken Stories
What do you do when, halfway through the book you're writing, you realize it needs to be completely rebuilt? More importantly, how do you figure this out in the first place? This podcast came about as a result of a question from a listener, but the question was specific to "what if you find out it's too derivative?" As it turns out, that's just one of the many problems you can discover midway through a novel.
We spend the first half of the cast discussing how each of us identify the showstopping problems that require us to overhaul our works.
We then talk about the process of fixing things that might, at first glance, appear to be completely unfixable. Sometimes we shift pieces of paper around, sometimes we push blocks of text around in our word processors, and sometimes we have to do something really significant, like adding an entirely new character or point-of-view.
One of the best features of this particular 'cast is the bit in the second half where Howard and Dan grill Brandon about his process for Towers of Midnight. Wheel of Time fans won't find any spoilers, but they'll certainly gain some insight.
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: The Warded Man, by Peter V. Brett, which Howard loves because of the "stand-up-and-cheer" moments of heroism throughout the book.
Writing Prompt: Take something you've already written, grab a throwaway concept in that story, and rewrite that scene or chapter so the throwaway bit is now the major focus.
Moment of Extreme Hubris: "I give lessons." Listen for it.
That Episode on Stealing for Fun and Profit: Right here.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
7/12/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.26: Avoiding Stilted Dialog
"How do we avoid writing stilted dialog?" asked Brandon adverbially.
7/5/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.25: Mating Plumage
James Dashner and Julie Wright talk covers, titles, and first lines with Brandon and Dan.
6/27/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.24: Random Storytelling
James Dashner and Julie Wright join Brandon and Dan at CONduit in Salt Lake City, and may end up wishing they hadn't. Brandon throws sets of story concepts at the crew, and asks them to quickly frame serious stories with a solid settings and cool characters.
The first set of story elements:
Church accountant
contact lenses that ruin your vision
brain implants
The second set of story elements:
Hell for English Majors
Key that will lock any door
The third set of story elements:
Janitors are trying to take over the world
They're going to be stopped by a superhero with no arms
It can't be silly
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: The Forest of Hands and Teeth, by Carrie Ryan
Writing Prompt: This whole episode was made of writing prompts. Pick one!
Fun Random Fact: Howard worked as a church accountant for a while and he owns contact lenses that do, in fact, impair his vision.
Freaky Bonus Thanks: We couldn't have recorded this episode without help from our friends at Dungeon Crawlers Radio.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
6/20/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.23: How to Break In to the Young Adult Market
Janci Patterson and Robison Wells have both sold books very recently. Brandon and Dan put them on the spot and ask how they did it.
6/13/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.22: Q&A with L.E. Modesitt, Jr
Live from CONduit in Salt Lake City, L.E. Modessit Jr. and the Writing Excuses crew answer questions from the audience.
6/7/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.21: Writing Practical Fantasy
L.E. Modesitt and Robison Wells join Brandon and Dan for a discussion of "practical" fantasy. Recorded live at CONduit in Salt Lake City.
5/31/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.20: Strategies for Getting Published
Some new strategies for getting yourself published. Obviously we guarantee exactly none of them.
5/24/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.19: Discovery Writing
How to approach discovery writing, with your hosts Brandon, Dan, and Howard
5/17/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.18: How to Steal for Fun and Profit
Forget "Anxiety of Influence." Let's talk about how to borrow, beg, and outright steal from pop culture, history, and mythology.
5/10/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.17: Living with the Artist
Sandra Tayler, Dawn Wells, and Kenny Pike take over the 'cast with some coaching from Dan (and heckling from Howard) to talk about what it's like to live with an artist. We cover the ups and the downs, and share embarrassing anecdotes because we know you want to hear them, and we're not afraid of the fact that the Internet Never Forgets.
Beyond the fact that Sandra and Dawn are stay-at-home moms, and Kenny is a stay-at-home Dad, the three of them each have important roles to play in their spouses' careers, and those roles go far beyond mere cheerleading and moral support. We talk about that, and then Sandra, Dawn, and Kenny offer advice to those who may find themselves as significant others to creative types.
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: Wings, by Aprilynne Pike, in which a 15-year-old girl discovers that she's a fairie, and it's nothing like the storybooks suggested.
Writing Prompt: From the desk of the Fake AP Stylebook -- write something involving a blue, Italian, rocket-propelled, monkey-piloted dirtbike.
Bit Jordo Accidentally Left In: IRS agents will delight in the dirt that runs from 10:43 to 10:54. Whoopsie!
Spanish Pun We Didn't Use Even One Time: "Writing Esposas."
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
5/3/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.16: Breaking the Fourth Wall
What's the fourth wall? What happens when you break it? Should you be breaking it at all?
4/26/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.15: Visual Components of Storytelling
A discussion of art and design elements and how they work with the stories we write.
4/19/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.14: Brainstorming Science Ideas
A brainstorming session fueled by New Scientist's "13 More Things We Don't Understand" article.
How to write multiple viewpoints effectively, using the tool for the right reasons and avoiding pitfalls.
4/5/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.12: Writing An Epic
Epic podcast! Except it's only fifteen minutes long... because you're in a hurry, and we'll tell you how to write an epic.
3/29/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.11: Brainstorming From Headlines
Brandon, Dan, and Howard brainstorm as Producer Jordo reads headlines.
3/22/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.10: Writing for Young Adults
Jessica Day George joins the Writing Excuses crew again, this time for a discussion of writing for young adults, and maybe for teens, or even middle-grade readers. This isn't a podcast about rigidly defining the boundary between the YA and middle-grade genres, though. That's publishing. We're talking about writing.
If you enjoyed last week's discussion with the sweeping generalizations and the appropriate application thereof, this 'cast should be every bit as intriguing. What are teenagers interested in, and how is that different from what interests adults? Do stories need to be simplified for teenagers, or are we underestimating them when we do that? How does the age of your protagonist determine the age-group to whom your publisher will market the book? Why is it genre-appropriate for Dumbledore to repeatedly withhold crucial information from Harry, Hermione, and Ron?
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: Dragon's Blood by Jane Yolen, because a pit-fighting dragon is way cooler than the dragons of Christopher Paolini.
Writing Prompt: Take a protagonist younger than about 16 and put him or her in charge of a group of adults.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
3/14/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.9: How to Write Men, with Jessica Day George
Jessica Day George joins us again, this time to tell us how to write men. Brace yourselves for the bandying-about of generalities, for painting with broad brushes, and for assorted other potential points of offense!
Let's say, for a moment, that you're not a man. How do you go about writing men? Now let's turn the question around... suppose you ARE a man. How do YOU write men? And now let's cut to the heart of the matter by comparing these two processes. Are they different? Should they be? And where do knitting and superconductivity enter into the picture?
This is why it's so cool to have Jessica with us Y-chromosome types. We all get to learn stuff.
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: Maze Runner, by James Dashner
Writing Prompt: Alternative history! Take an absurd 19th-century folk belief, treat it as absolute fact, and write a story hinging on that principle.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
3/8/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.8: Working with Editors
Jessica Day George joins the Writing Excuses crew for a discussion of editors...
3/1/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.7: Q&A with James Dashner
Recorded live at LTUE 2010, here's a high-energy Q&A session with the Writing Excuses crew and our special guest James Dashner, author of The Maze Runner. We cover outlining vs. discovery writing, the return to the hairy palate, education for writers, killing people, whether or not we want a bagel, pragmatic approaches, authors who don't inspire us (and by "us" we mean "James Dashner"), and cooking up complex plots.
Note: Brandon says "Episode 6" but he was totally wrong. This is 4.7, for real.
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: James pitches one of his favorites to us -- False Memory by Dean Koontz
Writing Prompt: You're flying in an airplane when a wing falls off... but the plane keeps going.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
2/22/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.6: Pacing with James Dashner
This episode was recorded live at Life, The Universe, & Everything 28, The BYU Symposium on Science Fiction and Fantasy, and features, among other things, our largest audience ever.
Oh, and James Dashner, our friend and the author of The Maze Runner.
It also features what has to be our roughest start ever. We don't get to actual content until around four minutes in. Seventeen minutes long, because you're in a hurry, and we're pretending this was an object lesson. Also, we love picking on our friend James.
Pacing! What do we do so that people keep turning pages? Which useful tricks do we hate? Which subtle methods do we prefer? And most importantly, what does James Dashner do? We talk about reveals, punchlines, cliffhangers, chapter length, and the "Brandon Avalanche." Also, we talk briefly about the look on my face, and the roof of James' mouth.
Audiobook Pick-of-the-Week: Ender's Game: Special 20th Anniversary Edition by Orson Scott Card
Writing Prompt: Someone opens a door, and finds a wet, seeping cardboard box on the doorstep.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
2/15/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.5: Roleplaying Games as Tools for Story Telling
Roll for initiative, folks! Brandon, Dan, and Howard all play tabletop role-playing games, and sometimes even play together. The question of the hour (well... quarter-hour) is "how can these games help your world building, storytelling, and anything else having to do with good writing?"
If this 'cast doesn't make you want to play RPGs with your friends, congratulations on a successful Saving Throw vs. Dark Podcast Magic. If this 'cast doesn't make you want to sit down and start writing, you have our condolences. That's not the saving throw you were supposed to make!
In the spirit of not-necessarily-related personal information: This week we learn that Howard is moister than Dan.
In related news, see the Writing Excuses crew this coming Saturday, February 13th, at the Life, The Universe and Everything Symposium at Brigham Young University in the Wilkinson Center. We'll be there for the full symposium, but on Saturday we'll actually be recording in front of an audience. You'll also get to meet Bob Defendi, who gets mentioned at least three times in this episode.
Audiobook Plug: Nation, by Terry Pratchett
Writing Prompt: Don't write about players being sucked into their RPGs. That's been done a lot. Suck the RPG characters out into our world, and see what happens.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
2/8/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.4: Agents. Do you need one?
We're going to wade into a recent e-brouhaha, but it's not going to be the Amazon vs Macmillan one. No, this is the one where Dean Wesley Smith argued that authors do not need agents. But you don't need to read that to appreciate this 'cast.
So... do you need an agent? This depends on the operating definition of "you" and "agent." What kind of contractual experience do you have? What kinds of things will your agent do for you? And if you decide you do need an agent, how do you go about identifying the agent who is right for you? We'll cover all of this and more!
Unrelated to agents (but definitely in the "and more" category): Howard reveals deeply personal information in this podcast!
Audiobook Plug: The Maze Runner, by James Dashner
Writing Prompt: Write a story in which a bestselling recluse author dies, and his agent scrambles to keep the career alive without telling anybody. Skin in the game, baby!
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.
Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
2/1/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.3: How to Manage Your Influences
How do you avoid letting other people's work creep into your own? We're all influenced by the media we partake in whether we admit it or not. How much of those influences should we allow into our own work? How do we control that?
As we engage the topic, we admit that sometimes we want to be influenced, and that letting those influences do their work is a good thing. But this isn't the podcast where we cover that. This is the podcast where we talk about tuning that out.
We also talk about tuning out the influence of those who are critiquing or commenting on our work. These might be fellow members of the writing group or other early readers, or they might (especially in Howard's case) be outspoken members of your audience ranting on web forums or wikis.
And then we talk about whether or not we should allow Brandon to influence our work. Take that, Brandon! (Take it, in fact, all the way out to nineteen minutes and six seconds!)
Audiobook Plug: The Black Swan, by Nassim Nicholas Taleb
Writing Prompt: Write a story, and pretend that a famous historical figure is looking over your shoulder and offering advice while you write.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible.Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
1/25/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.2: Heroism
If you want to write a good, heroic hero, this is the podcast for you. We're not necessarily talking about the archetypical, classically-defined, capital-H "Hero" in this podcast, though. We're talking about what makes readers stand up and cheer.
And yes, this can be applied to the archetype, but let's not digress.
We talk about perseverance, sacrifice, hard work, fear-facing, and a bunch of other attributes that we find inherently heroic.
Audiobook Plug: The Last Kingdom by Bernard Cornwell
Writing Prompt: Write a scene in which a character makes a noble sacrifice and is not rewarded.
Mystery Soundbite! We have no idea who those gents with mouthfuls of marshmallows were, but Jordo caught them on tape...
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible. Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
1/17/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses 4.1: Types of Humor
Welcome to Writing Excuses Season 4, featuring new, shorter episode titles! Also, if you don't count the bonus episodes or the Parsec Award Acceptance Speech, this is our 100th Episode!
Brandon kicks this off by asking "What does Howard do that's funny?" and then by categorizing the sorts of things he finds Howard doing. Obviously this puts no pressure whatsoever on Howard to be funny during the podcast. Which is good, because he really wasn't, cold medicine notwithstanding. Again, we manage talk about humor without being funny.
We manage to cover character-based humor, physical humor, and non-sequitur, brushing alongside cognitive humor and exaggeration as we go, but hey... we only had 15 minutes to work with. Oh, and we ran over by 4 minutes and fifty-seven seconds.
Writing Prompt: Write something funny using non-sequiturs and cold medicine.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible. Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
1/11/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 32: Collaboration
For starters, let's clear the air. Yes, the first episode of the new year is also the last episode of Writing Excuses Season 3. And yes, we'll be getting Season 2 and Season 3 on CDs pretty soon here.
Collaboration! This is one of our all-time most requested topics, and we're covering it now because we still haven't done much actual collaborating but we want to talk about it anyway. Why? Because we each have some collaborations planned (including one for all three of us, but shhh... it's still a secret) and it will be fun to talk about this again in a year or so and argue about all the things we got wrong this time around.
But you should still listen to what we say here in our collaborative infancy. That way you can lord it up over us when we flip-flop after having attempted to work together.
You should also pay attention when we tell you beginning writers why you should not be collaborating. And then we'll give you some procedural tips for when you decide to collaborate anyway.
Writing Prompt: Write a story (all by yourself) about a collaboration which goes horribly, horribly wrong.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible. Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
1/4/2010 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 31: Tragedy
Tragedy. It's just TRAGIC. Tragedy is also one of the classical forms that writers need to know how to work within. Why? Well... because the Greeks thought we should be forced to have strong emotional responses to literature.
Writing Prompt: Write a delightful story about happy, cheerful anthropomorphic creatures who all die horribly.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible. Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
12/28/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 29: Antiheroes
What is an Antihero? There are lots of definitions of this word, so Dan boils it down to just three: The Frodo, The Punisher, and The Talented Mister Ripley. And that third definition is the one Brandon believes to be the most correct, at least in the strict literary sense.
This was a difficult 'cast for Howard because he's familiar with Frodo and The Punisher, but has no experience with The Talented Mister Ripley beyond movie trailers. He gets by, though. He's seen a lot of movie trailers.
Have a listen, and learn a lot.
Writing Prompt: Write a true, classically-defined antihero in such a way that Howard will enjoy it.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible. Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
12/20/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 30: Unreliable Narrators
This episode totally would have updated earlier if I'd only known sooner that it was ready to go. Jordo says he emailed me early this evening, but if he HAD then you'd have been listening to this by 8:00pm Sunday.
So... how much of that do you believe? Is the Narrator lying to you, or is he just wrong? Maybe he is lying to himself, and thinks he's being honest with you.
Most importantly, though, how does any of this apply to your writing? Well, that's what the podcast is for...
Writing Prompt: Have an event occur, and then provide five different character perspectives on the event... none of which are completely accurate.
Note: this episode updated a little late because I wanted an object lesson in the write-up, not because I was relaxing on the couch until 11:15pm. That's my story, and I'm sticking to it.
12/14/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 28: World-Building Gender Roles
Is there a disconnect? Brandon specifically introduces the episode as "World-building political correctness," but the title here says "World-Building Gender Roles." And then Brandon goes on to blame Howard for picking the title. There is, in fact, a disconnect. Oh the mirth! Howard was imagining a slightly wider scope for the 'cast, but Brandon focused the crew on just one aspect.
And that's probably best. After all, this is only fifteen minutes long (okay, 17 minutes and 10 seconds) and as has been said before, we're not that smart.
How does a 21st-century author go about world-building fantasy universe gender roles while writing for a 21st-century audience? How does the problem change if the setting is the far-flung future? And of more immediate interest, is it possible for three men to discuss this without a) putting their feet in their mouths while b) simultaneously stepping on landmines?
Have a listen. We're going to wait waaay over here and hope the internet can't find us.
12/7/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 27: Mixing Humor with Drama and Horror
A Monday without Writing Excuses is kind of like a Tuesday without Writing Excuses, only far less aggravating.
With Brandon once again by our side(s), we venture once more into the realm of humor: this time, specifically considering how to blend humor with decidedly unhumorous elements such as drama and horror. Why do humor and horror go so well together? How can you make something funny without losing the powerful character drama? And how did we possibly get through this episode without mentioning "Shaun of the Dead," which combines humor and horror and drama more brilliantly than anything in recent memory?
Writing Prompt: Make the most inappropriate joke you can, but make it appropriate.
Once again, Writing Excuses is brought to you by Audible.com, and this week we're trying something new: homework! Sometime in January we'll spend an episode examining "The Hero with A Thousand Faces," by Joseph Campbell, so this is your warning to study up. You can read your own copy, borrow one from the library, or sign up for a free trial Audible membership and get, through our special deal, an audio copy for free: http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse.
12/1/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 26: NaNoWriMo
Dan, Howard, and Jordo descended into the basement at Dragon's Keep where members of the local NaNoWriMo chapter were attempting to bolster their word-counts for the day. We talked to them about National Novel Writing Month, and about the things that were getting them stuck. Good times!
Writing Prompt: Kill one of your characters with a shovel.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible. Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
11/23/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 25: The Business of Writing Comics
Dan and Howard are again joined by Jake Black, who writes comics (and some other things) for a living. Jake tells us how he got into the business, and we talk about how this might be applied to other folks. But you can't do it exactly the way he did it because they've bricked that entrance up.
Writing Prompt: Our superhero gained his superpowers by writing technical articles for Wired...
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible. Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
11/16/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 24: Writing Comics with Jake Black
Jake Black fills in for Brandon "#1 New York Times Bestselling Author" Sanderson this week, and that's perfect because Jake writes comics and Brandon doesn't. So mostly this is Dan holding Jake's and my feet to the fire.
We'll talk about the business of writing comics next week. This week it's more nuts-and-bolts, and we run for almost 20 minutes...
Writing Prompt: Write a story in which Superman swoops into a room, kicks something, and then turns into Spider-Man.
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible. Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
11/9/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 23: How to Write Without Twists
Question: Can you write a good book without a plot twist?
Better question: is it a good book if your readers predicted what was coming?
Best question: is a podcast about predictable prose itself predictable?
No, seriously... the best question is "how can we use predictable, formulaic plotting effectively?" We actually answer that one.
Writing Prompt: "Sense & Sensibility & Terrorists"
11/2/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 22: Idea to Story
You are going to love this episode. Seriously.
Brandon throws an idea at Dan and Howard, and then we spend 15 minutes expanding on that idea as if we were going to base a story around it.
You people who keep asking where we get our ideas? You're asking the wrong question. Ideas are easy to come by -- everybody has them. The right question is "how do you turn an idea into a story?"
This podcast skips to the important part of answering the question: demonstration. Enjoy!
This episode of Writing Excuses has been brought to you by Audible. Visit http://AudiblePodcast.com/excuse for a free trial membership*.
Your writing prompt: Bugs are now magical. Ohcrap.
*Note: From the Audible website, here are the terms of the free membership. Read the fine print, please!
Audible® Free Trial Details
Get your first 14 days of the AudibleListener® Gold membership plan free, which includes one audiobook credit. After your 14 day trial, your membership will renew each month for just $14.95 per month so you can continue to receive one audiobook credit per month plus members-only discounts on all audio purchases. A very small number of titles are more than one credit. Cancel your membership before your free trial period is up and you will not be charged. Thereafter, cancel anytime, effective the next billing cycle. Any unused audiobook credits will be lost at cancellation.
10/25/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 21: Pitfalls of Self Publishing with Larry Correia
Larry Correia is either the guy who did everything wrong and then broke into publishing anyway, or he's the exception who proves the rule. He self-published Monster Hunter International, and then got picked up by Baen Books.
If you're considering self-publishing, this is the podcast for you.
This week's episode of Writing Excuses is brought to you by Scenting the Dark by Mary Robinette Kowal.
Writing Prompt: A self-published book becomes a threat that will end the world...
10/19/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 20: Plot- vs. Character-Driven Fiction
Larry Correia, whose debut novel Monster Hunter International hit the market this summer, joins us for a discussion of plot-driven vs. character driven fiction. We start with a definition of terms and a discussion of the battlefield. Then we dive into the nuts and bolts of how to write what it is you want to be writing.
This week's Writing Excuses is brought to you by Audible. Head over to Audiblepodcast.com/excuse for a free audio book and a 14-day trial. And at our recommendation, try out Stephen King's On Writing: A Memoir of the Craft.
Writing Prompt: Come up with a plot-driven story, and then try to make it good with boring characters.
10/12/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 19: Emotion in Fiction with John Brown
John Brown joins us again, and tells us that fiction "is all about guiding an emotional response in a reader." We begin with a discussion of depression, which John (like many of us) had to deal with. He tells us about the paths for emotional response, and how a beginning writer can end up in the depths of depression just by looking at the work of successful writers.
But working through that, especially with cognitive therapy, can provide the writer with fantastic tools for informing his or her writing. And those tools are really why you're here. Listen closely!
Writing Prompt: Give us villainous heroes, romance, and something that evokes terror.
10/5/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 18: How To Not Repeat Yourself
John Brown rejoins us for this discussion of repetition. How do we, as writers, avoid repeating ourselves? We're not just talking about the literal re-use of words and phrases here. We're interested in avoiding the re-use of themes, character arcs, and plotlines. Forget the problems Howard might have coming up with a new joke... he (and all of us) need to reach further than that to keep things fresh.
This week's Writing Excuses is Brought to you by Servant of a Dark God by John Brown.
Writing Prompt: The princess is trying to eat a pie, but someone is trying to stop her. Oh, and the fate of the world depends on the outcome.
9/28/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 17: Characters & Worldbuilding Q&A with Mary Robinette Kowal
Mary is back! We still had a Mary Robinette Kowal episode from WorldCon 67, and now you have it too! We take questions from the audience, and then answer them. Here are the questions:
What do you do if your characters revolt and start to take over the story?
When you became a writer what most surprised you with its difficulty?
How do you build the history for the worlds your books are set in?
Three huge questions, TWELVE answers. Enjoy!
Oh... and your writing prompt: write about The Predestined Monkey.
9/21/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 16: The Anti-Mary Sue Episode
John Brown, debut author of Servant of a Dark God, joins us for this discussion of the avoidance of self-insertion. In polite company we call this the "Mary Sue," because it's difficult to say "self-insertion" in polite company, much less with a straight face.
In broader terms, what we're covering is voice, and how to make our characters sound like themselves rather than us.
This week's Writing Excuses is Brought to you by Servant of a Dark God by John Brown.
9/13/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses: Parsec Award Acceptance Speech
We won a Parsec Award at Dragon*Con, and it's a darn good thing we weren't there in person to give an acceptance speech. Otherwise this podcast might have happened live, in front of hundreds of people with sharp and/or heavy things in their pockets.
9/13/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 15: Writing Process Q&A, with Mary Robinette Kowal
Mary Robinette Kowal joins us again, live at WorldCon 67 in Montreal! This time we fell back on that tried-and-true "Questions from the Audience" format, so the topic is pretty much what the audience asks for on the fly.
If the questions were all over the map, our answers require a new school of cartography. It all kind of fits under "process," though, so for categorization purposes, we're calling it that. Also, we failed to discover the Northwest Passage. Maybe we'll find it next week, when Mary joins us for a third episode for more questions from the WorldCon 67 crowd.
In completely unrelated news, something cool happened to us at Dragon*Con on Saturday. We'll talk about it in an upcoming 'cast.
9/6/2009 • 0
3.14: The Four Principles of Puppetry, with Mary Robinette Kowal
Aside from being a delightful author and a Campbell award winner, Mary Robinette Kowal is a professional puppeteer. She joined us at WorldCon 67 in Montreal, and totally schooled us in front of a live audience.
I mean it. TOTALLY SCHOOLED.
If you want to learn something new about writing, and I mean something really NEW you need to listen to Mary talk about puppetry. You can't see the perpetual looks of astonishment and epiphany us jaded professionals wore during this recording, but I assure you they were there. We learned so much from Mary we decided to record two more episodes with her. Not because we felt like you, our listeners, necessarily deserved it. We wanted these recordings for ourselves.
Mary required us to share. It was part of the deal.
8/31/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 13: Dialects and In-World Jargon
Howard here, folks. On behalf of the entire Writing Excuses team I'd like to apologize in advance for that which you are about to receive.
You know how sometimes one of those crazy thoughts seems like a good idea, and the more you talk about it the better the idea seems, and so then you actually do it and are left looking back at it with a mixture of awe and horror? This episode is like that.
Brandon thought it would be funny to have a discussion about dialects in which Dan and I actually do dialects. So we did.
We're all very sorry. In the spirit of eponymy, I shall now write an excuse: "It was late, and we were so tired that we thought this would be funny."
8/24/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 12: Subplots
Meanwhile, several side-characters found themselves looking for a sub-plot in the tavern. Something funny, or perhaps romantic to take the load off of the main story, but still tense enough to keep the pace going. Or maybe something that will let them introduce important elements to the main plot without the reader knowing that's what's going on...
And that's pretty much what subplots are, and what they're for. But if we skip to the ending that way they can't do their job! So listen to the whole eighteen-minute podcast, and we'll rejoin our main characters next week, as the automated orbital lance counts down to zero...
8/17/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 11: Trimming
Let's talk "trimming." Why do it? Well... because your manuscript is longer than it needs to be. Yes, we're talking to you. AND you. And you, too. None of you are exempt! (Well... maybe YOU are, but you can't be allowed to believe it.)
So... what do you trim? We've covered "Killing Your Darlings" way back in Season One Episode Three, so while those are certainly on the list of things to cut, we're going to focus on tightening your prose and reducing word-count without changing the story. So that's what we cover in a brisk, 15-minute 'cast whose synopsis is at least fifty words longer than it needs to be. Maybe fifty-two.
8/9/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 10: The Dos and Don’ts of Attending Cons
Last week we discussed what kinds of events that you, the aspiring author, should be attending. This week we cover what you should and shouldn't be doing there. And we start with some don'ts.
The word of the day? "Booth Barnacle."
If last week's 'cast was a little long-winded, this one is downright rambling, coming in at a hefty nineteen minutes and thirty-eight seconds. Oh, the anecdotes! If you thought we were name-dropping last week (Phil Foglio, Kevin J. Anderson, and Lawrence Schoen) this week we throw around names like Larry Niven, Steve Jackson, John Ringo, and Tom Doherty. We sure hope you can learn from our meandering, celebrity-brushing reminiscences.
And speaking of celebrity-brushing, brush up against us this week in Montreal at the World Science Fiction Convention! The Writing Excuses Panel is on Friday from 2:00pm to 3:30pm in P-513C, and will feature all three of your Writing Excuses hosts with as-yet-unnannounced special guests from the world of publishing, editing, and of course authoring genre fiction.
And again, on the topic of celebrity-brushing and networking in general: one piece of linkage you introverts (and you untrained extroverts) absolutely MUST have - "Networking 201: How to Work a Room," by Diana Rowland.
The long-awaited writing prompt (last week we just gave you the first half) is... a man arrives at a convention with something important in his pocket. It is an entire universe... and it has not been peace-bonded.
This week's episode of Writing Excuses is brought to you by the bad accents of Dan and Howard as they pitch Dungeon Crawlers Radio.
8/3/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 9: Conventions You Should Be Attending
As genre-fiction writers we attend a lot of conventions. As aspiring genre-fiction writers you probably want to be attending conventions. But which ones should you spend time and money on, and what should you plan to do while you're there?
We start by categorizing conventions - literary conventions, anime conventions, media conventions, conferences and trade-shows. Comic-Con, which just wrapped up today, is a media con. WorldCon is a literary con. Clarion is a conference. BEA and E3 are expos.
As authors and aspiring authors we want to focus on the conventions where we can rub shoulders with editors and agents. So have a listen and find out where you should be, and why...
We'll cover what you should be doing at conventions in next week's 'cast. And here's hoping we'll see you at WorldCon!
This episode of Writing Excuses is brought to you by Dungeon Crawlers Radio, those nice guys who interviewed Howard at ConDuit, and then bailed Writing Excuses out when our recording equipment didn't make it to the show.
7/27/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 8: What Star Trek Did Right
As we did with The Dark Knight and Watchmen (the comic, not the movie), once again we turn our searing critical insight on a major work of successful storytelling talk about what they did right. If you loved the new Star Trek movie, or even just kind of liked it, we'll tell you what the writers did to achieve that; if you hated it, we'll show you some things you can learn from it anyway. If you haven't seen it, well, I think it goes without saying that this is a spoilerific spoiler episode full of spoilers. Listen at your own risk.
This episode of Writing Excuses is brought to you by Stacy Whitman, a fantastic freelance editor beloved by all three Writing Excuses hosts. She does fantastic work on all manner of fantastic writing (including Howard's recent project with Tracy Hickman, XDM: Extreme Dungeon Mastery. If you're looking for a good editor, she's fantastic.
Writing Prompt: Spock-a-doodle doo!
7/20/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 7: Genre Blending
You've seen it done... "Zombie Apocalypse in Space." "Perry Mason in the Armed Forces." It's genre blending, where the author takes themes prevalent in two different genres and combines them to create something new.
Sometimes it works. Sometimes it doesn't. We call down a few examples of both, and offer you listeners the sage advice you need to blend genres successfully. Summary: like the vegan barbecue chef, one of the secrets to your success lies in letting no-one know what that hamburger is made of. No, that metaphor is not in the podcast. I just thought of it now.
We finish with a discussion of the genres we've blended in our own work, and Brandon tells us about the science fiction story he's decided to work on.
This episode of Writing Excuses is brought to you by XDM: X-Treme Dungeon Mastery. Pre-orders close this Wednesday!
Writing Prompt: Combine "Horror" and "Western" and don't make it look like either one.
7/13/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 6: Dramatic Breaks
What are dramatic breaks? We open this episode with Howard very genuinely playing Doctor Watson to Brandon's Holmes, which is amusing because as it turns out, Howard uses dramatic breaks every day. Simply put they are the points in the narrative, typically at the end of a chapter, where we cut to another scene. Sometimes we are shifting perspective, sometimes we are advancing the clock, and sometimes we're merely pausing to take a breath.
What are we looking for in a dramatic break? How do we identify the right place to cut away from one group of characters and focus on others? How do we avoid doing it the same way every time?
And so we discuss those stopping points and the starting points that follow them. We cover the flow of time and the flow of story. We talk about delivering satisfying installments. We even hang from a cliff or two.
Meanwhile...
This episode of Writing Excuses is brought to you by XDM: X-Treme Dungeon Mastery by Tracy & Curtis Hickman, illustrated by Howard Tayler. Autograph editions are now on pre-order!
Writing Prompt: Write a story in which Howard hates elephants and dramatically breaks one.
7/7/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 5: How to Take Criticism
How do you take criticism? How do you react, if you even do react? Does criticism cause you to change the way you work? Criticism can come from your peers in a writing group, from editors sending you rejection letters, and from those one-star Amazon reviewers who are out there looking for something to hate.
In this episode we provide anecdotes from other authors including Patrick Rothfuss and Kevin J. Anderson, and share our own experiences about criticism we've gotten and how we've responded to it.
This episode of Writing Excuses is brought to you by XDM: X-Treme Dungeon Mastery, by Tracy and Curtis Hickman, and illustrated by Howard Tayler. Pre-orders for XDM open on Wednesday, July 1st.
Writing Prompt: Write a story about a critic who is the hero.
6/29/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 3: Stumping Howard at Conduit
Howard here... I've learned that it's a really bad idea to run out for a bio-break between podcasts. When I returned to the packed panel room I could tell that everyone's attitude towards me was subtly different. It wasn't until we started recording that I realized Brandon had turned our Q&A panel into a "Stump Howard" panel. Our good friend Eric James Stone joined us for the fun.
As silly themes go, this one works well. So well, in fact, that we went six minutes into overtime. The questions were all good, and yes, according to the rules (of which I was not apprised, I should add in my defense) I got stumped one time. It was the question about making aliens seem alien. Go figure.
Writing Prompt: Start with a device that vaporises water, ala Batman Begins, and turn it into a believable superweapon which is not being used to destroy the world.
6/22/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 2: Keeping it Real with Aprilynne Pike
This episode was recorded live at CONduit in Salt Lake City with special guest Aprilynne Pike. Our topic: How do we "keep it real" when writing speculative fiction? What does that even mean?
(Okay, it means making the stuff that exists in real life seem real.)
Short answer: Research. We talk about how we go about researching the "real" elements of our various works, all the while trying hard not to go "squee" with our very first #1 New York Times Bestelling guest. We also discuss many of the shortcuts and tricks we fall back on.
This week's episode of Writing Excuses is brought to you by editor Stacy L. Whitman and her World-Building in Middle Grade and Young Adult Speculative Fiction Seminar. The seminar will be held at the Provo Library in Provo, Utah from 1:00pm to 5:00pm on Saturday, June 27th, 2009. The deadline for registration is June 19th.
6/15/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 4: Non Linear Story Telling
Don't you just hate it when things unfold out of order? Why do writers do that?
We explain why they do it, and how they do it, and then we discuss how to avoid some common mistakes. Non-linear storytelling is inherently risky, after all. Maybe not as risky as jumping ahead two episodes in a non-serial podcast schedule, but it's still life on the edge.
Writing Prompt: Write a story about a flashback that is completely false...
This week's episode of Writing Excuses is brought to you by Warbreaker by Brandon Sanderson, now available in hardback from TOR.
(If you're waiting for Episodes 2 and 3, we'll flash back to them in due time...)
6/8/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 3 Episode 1: World-Building History
Welcome to Season 3 of Writing Excuses! With eighteen hours and fourteen months of podcasting history behind us, it seems appropriate for us to talk about history, and how to write it.
We talk about the iceberg principle -- 90% of the history stuff you write never gets seen by the reader, it's just there to support the 10% that they do see, the "tip of the iceberg" -- and why for some writers it's just not the right ratio. We also discuss Worldbuilder's Disease -- none of the writing you're doing is prose for the novel -- and how to avoid it while still knuckling down and doing the work.
And then (after a shiny commercial break) we knuckle down and talk about writing history, making it interesting, finding conflict, and avoiding oversimplified causality ("monocausationalism.")
Writing Prompt: Write an encyclopedia article about a war that has 5 distinct causes. Identify and justify each of them.
6/1/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 33: How To Not Be Overwhelmed
And here we are, at the final episode of Writing Excuses, Season 2. As promised, this episode is going to be super-useful to new writers, but it's going to be extra-super-useful to one new writer in particular, Brandon's nameless friend who listened to 9 hours of Writing Excuses podcasts and is now too overwhelmed to write.
Have you ever wondered why we only 'cast for 15 minutes (give or take, usually give, but still...) each week? It's because you're not supposed to be sitting there at the computer listening to hours upon hours of advice. You're supposed to be writing.
For this next fourteen minutes and forty-seven seconds we explain how to make that happen.
Writing Prompt: Write a story about Brandon's friend Nameless
5/25/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 32: The Most Important Thing Dan Learned In The Last Year
This the third in our series of retrospective episodes. The most important thing Dan learned this year? Being a full-time author is a lot different than he thought it would be.
How different? What was Dan expecting? Was he really imagining silk pajamas and a notebook computer on the beach? We talk about the types of non-writing work that we've found ourselves doing, and why those things are so important to us and to our careers. We discuss how our publishers' schedules impact our own, and why writers are often expected to drop whatever they're doing in order to handle something for their publisher.
During our discussion we mention a new local novelist Aprilynne Pike, whose debut book Wings is available now, and made #6 on the NYT Bestsellers List for Children's Chapter Books.
Episode 32 has been brought to you by "A Snack." But hurry! We don't pause for long!
Writing Prompt: Write the first page of a story, stop, write a first page of a different story and then go back and finish the first story.
5/18/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 31: The Most Important Thing Brandon Learned In The Last Year
Here's the second part of our three-part "what we learned this year" series. This time around Brandon tells us the most important thing he learned this year. Summed up? Gimmicks cannot compensate for bad writing.
So... what's a gimmick? We begin with hooks and pitches, but gimmicks can include things like photo-realistic cover art, internet grass-roots campaigns, and factoids like "the author is only 17 years old." Story elements like cool magic systems, uniquely alien aliens, and diamond-hard science can all be gimmicks. They're good to have, certainly, and they can work to sell the book, but real staying power (read: earning out your advance, and getting royalty checks for years to come) comes from good writing, page after page.
Brandon confesses to some gimmick use himself, but fortunately we (and many of his readers) believe that his writing is strong enough that we don't begrudge him the gimmick one bit.
This week's episode of Writing Excuses is brought to you again by the opportunity you have to sponsor Writing Excuses.
Writing Prompt: An author comes up with a wacky, crazy gimmick for a book... and then it happens to the author in real life.
5/11/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 30: The Most Important Thing Howard Learned In The Last Year
This is the first of a three-part series in which Brandon, Dan, and Howard tell each other (and you, of course) about the most important thing each of them has learned in the past year. We start with Howard, who seems to believe that of all the many things he's learned about writing in the previous twelve months, the list-topper should be the fact that he is a satirist.
So really the episode is about satire, and how that form differs from other humorous sub-genres. And then we talk about why knowing this is important, and how others can go about learning these sorts of things about their own work.
This week Writing Excuses is brought to you by "Bringing Writing Excuses To You By!"
Writing Prompt: An artist finds a way to improve or perfect the form he or she is working within, and by so doing unlocks magic.
5/3/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 29: How not to end your book
Let's talk about failure... but let's talk about it so that we can avoid it. How do you know if your ending has flopped? What kind of approaches to ending a story should you be avoiding? How can you recognize these approaches in time to avoid them? The best approach? Identify the promises you've made to your readers, and then fulfil them with your ending. Okay, now you don't have to listen.
Writing Prompt: Start your book with an ending where everyone dies.
This weeks Writing Excuses is brought to you by Hero of Ages by Brandon Sanderson, Book 3 of the Mistborn series now in paperback.
4/27/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 28: Applying Critical Reading: “Watchmen”
Last week we talked about reading critically, reading as writers. This week we decided to apply that critical reading skill to Watchmen, the Hugo award-winning graphic novel by Alan Moore, illustrated by Dave Gibbons and colorist John Higgins. We start (once we get past the donuts in our mouths) by breaking it down into character, setting, and plot, and then we further dissect each of those elements based on what we thought of them.
This episode is chock full of spoilers. If you're planning on reading Watchmen for the first time (or seeing the movie), you probably ought to do that before you let us ruin it for you.
Writing Prompt: Write an alternate history for 2009 taking stylistic cues from Watchmen.
4/20/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 27: Reading Critically
As a writer you obviously know how to read. But being a writer changes how you read, and what you read, and even why you read. Do you read more, or less as a writer? How do you read so that your reading doesn't interfere with writing? How do you channel your reading into bettering your writing? And what's the difference between a critical reader and a book critic?
Writing Prompt: Write a story about a critic, but a critic who criticizes something abnormal like Cement Mixers.
4/13/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 26: How Publishing is Changing in the new Century
Nancy Fulda, assistant editor at Baen's Universe and editor-in-chief and founder of Anthology Builder, joins us again while Dan Wells is out celebrating his birthday. We discuss the rise of digital SF magazines, and touch on concepts like user-generated content, the Superconducting Copy Machine, and disruptive technology. We talk about print-on-demand vs. self-publishing, we laugh as Nancy puts her foot in her mouth, and then we argue over whether free online content can generate income for authors, as opposed to webcartoonists.
This week's episode is 20 minutes long, because you're not in as much of a hurry as we originally suspected, and Nancy made us at least a little smarter.
This week's Writing Excuses is brought to you by I Am Not A Serial Killer by our very own absent-two-weeks-running Dan Wells. The book is only available in the UK, but you can get now from http://www.bookdepository.co.uk which has free shipping to anywhere in the world.
Writing Prompt: Write a story that convincingly describes the death of the traditional publishing industry 25 years from now.
4/6/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 632: Now that we’ve got time travel what do we do with it?
This... THIS is why speculative fiction writers should never be trusted with actual technology.
4/1/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 25: The Seven Deadly Sins of Slush Stories
Nancy Fulda fills in for Dan for this week's episode (he was sick, she was in town, huzzah!) but she's more than just "filling in." She's FEATURED. Nancy is the assistant editor for Jim Baen's Universe, and as such is probably the one who rejected your story. Nancy is also the editor-in-chief and founder of Anthology Builder, where you can create collections of short stories you want to read, and have them printed and bound for you. She tells us the sorts of things that will get you rejected, maybe after a page, maybe after a paragraph, and perhaps even before the very first line has been read.
This week's episode is brought to you by Schlock Mercenary: The Scrapyard of Insufferable Arrogance. Pre-orders are open now!
Disclosure: Nancy is, in fact, Howard's sister-in-law. That might be why her stuff is getting so dang much relevant linkage in this entry.
Writing Prompt: Write about a passionate egg.
3/30/2009 • 16 minutes, 35 seconds
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 24: Writing Habits and Q&A with Tracy Hickman
Tracy Hickman joins us again at "Life, The Universe, and Everything," and in this episode we let Brandon ask him random questions while Dan and Howard chime in with comments that hopefully don't detract from the discussion.
During the interview Tracy mentions his latest project, XDM: Extreme Dungeon Mastery, but he doesn't mention the very latest news about it. That news is that Tracy and Curtis Hickman (the authors) have contracted with Howard Tayler to illustrate and publish it. So that bit about Tracy doing it in his basement? It's no longer accurate.
This week's Writing Excuses is brought to you by I Am Not A Serial Killer by our very own Dan Wells. The book is only available in the UK, but you can get now from http://www.bookdepository.co.uk which has free shipping to anywhere in the world.
Writing Prompt: Give us Winnie the Pooh's big death scene. On a destroyer in the South Pacific.
3/24/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 23: Avoiding the Cliché with Tracy Hickman
We took Writing Excuses on the road last month for "Life, The Universe, and Everything," the symposium on Science Fiction and Fantasy at Brigham Young University. The Guests of Honor were Tracy and Laura Hickman, and poor Tracy agreed to join us for a podcast or two, recorded in front of a live audience.
After the initial introductions we dig into clichés, starting with characters - specifically, how to avoid these kinds of problems in our characters. What's the difference between a cliché and an archetype? Tracy saves us time and again with great answers that beg a dozen or more podcasts. It's a good thing Tracy and Laura have their own podcast.
This episode has "clipping" problems. We need to buy some good audio gear for Jordan so he can fix problems like this. Or maybe some audio gear that will let him prevent problems like this. But don't discuss that in the comments. Discuss clichés, please.
Writing Prompt: Howard gets attacked by monkeys.
3/16/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 22: Marketing 201, Branding for Authors
"Branding," not "Brandon," just so we're clear. Brand-ING.
We open with the definition of "branding," talking about what it is, and (just as importantly) what it is not. With that out of the way we forge ahead and talk about author brands, brand messaging, and why any of this really matters. We throw down a few examples, and use them to help the listener arrive at a decent author-branding strategy.
Writing Prompt: Pick your favorite author and in 50 words or less write down what you think their brand is, then compare it on the forums with what others write.
3/9/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 21: Fight Scenes
Rob Wells joins the Writing Excuses crew for a second 'cast, this time dealing with fight scenes. We talk about good blocking versus a bad blow-by-blow, and cover a few of the factors that may dictate the right style of description for that wicked-cool fight you've pictured in your head.
This episode is fast-paced and, well... punchy. No, really, it is. Seriously, that seemed like the right word there, pun notwithstanding.
Writing Prompt: Write a fight between two people who have never been in a fight before.
3/2/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 20: Marketing 101 for Creators
Howard takes the moderatorial lead on this episode in which he, Brandon, and Dan are joined by Rob Wells for a discussion of marketing.
What is marketing? What's the difference between marketing and PR? What's the difference between a marketing manager and a publicist? How can knowing this help a creator position his or her work? We'll answer these questions and more...
Writing Prompt: Come up with 25 words that distill everything you want to say about your next work.
2/23/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 19: Do Creative Writing Classes Help
Brandon and Dan met during a creative writing class at Brigham Young University, and Brandon went on to get a Master's Degree in the field. Howard has no formal training in the field. This begs the question... do creative writing classes help? Are they worth the time?
Short answer: Yes, but maybe not in the way you were expecting.
We discuss not only the formal education aspects of creative writing, but also the value of informal education -- attending conventions and sitting in on panel discussions about the craft. If you are looking to become a professional writer and are pondering your education options, this podcast is a must-hear. A must-listen-carefully, even.
Writing Prompt: Fore! In this case, a golf metaphor. But not a pun. Please.
2/16/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 18: World Building Governments
Let's get back to world-building, and dig into a tough one: government. In this case we're talking about government as part of the backdrop, rather than political intrigue as part of the plot. Are you going to create a monarchy, a democracy, or perhaps some crazy, experimental sort of rigidly constitutional representative republic? City-states? Confederations? Empires? What's it going to be, and (more importantly) why?
Oh, and how do you do it right?
Writing Prompt: Create a government by starting with "Colon Cleansers," and then taking two steps back to create something unique.
2/9/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 17: Website Marketing for Authors
Our producer Jordan Sanderson joins us for this week's installment, in which we likely make all kinds of enemies among the authorial community by exposing the many things they're doing wrong with their websites.
The fact that you, fair listener, are here reading content on our website shows that you have fine taste in these things, and trust us to lead you right. And we will! We'll do you proper on blogging, domain names, hosting, connecting with fans and editors, and taking care regarding your rants.
Writing Prompt: Write a story about the worst website ever.
Liner Notes: It should be pointed out that John Ringo's website has come a long way since Howard last looked at it. Good work, John! We also mentioned websites from George R.R. Martin, David Farland, John Scalzi, and of course Brandon Sanderson. Brandon also mentioned holaservers.com. Congratulations, Earl!
2/2/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 16: Non-Human Races
The Writing Excuses crew returns to world-building, this time to discuss the creation of non-human races. Why do genre-fiction writers use aliens and monsters, short folk, tusked folk, or any other variation on "people" who aren't human? Can new writers successfully recycle the classic Tolkien races and use dwarves, elves, orcs, goblins, and trolls? If not, how can new races best be created?
How can races be made "three-dimensional?" What are the common pitfalls? How much religion, culture, and physiology do you have time to create? Why are the rabidly violent fans of the Klingon race going to come after Howard with a cheap, plastic bat'leth? (Answer: Because they have no honor.)
Writing Prompt: Create a believable Alien and write something from his/her perspective.
1/26/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 15: Knowing When To Begin
When do you know when you're ready to begin? What does that question even mean? Apparently Brandon gets asked it a lot, though, so he posed it for the group. How do you know when that story in your head is ready for you to start writing it? Or maybe, how do you know you're ready to start writing that story that's up in your head? Or perhaps, when do you know when in that story in your head you should begin writing it, assuming you're ready?
Confused yet? If you're ready to begin listening, we're ready to begin making more sense.
Writing Prompt: Write an ending, and start your book with it.
1/19/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 14: Writing Habits
We get asked a lot about our writing habits. So your Writing Excuses hosts spend the whole 'cast discussing their schedules, their work environments, and the things they do to make themselves more productive while keeping themselves creative. Peace and quiet? Clothing? Distractions? Pants? We answer these questions and more. Will any of this work for you? You tell us! The comments are a great place to discuss.
Howard mentioned PeopleWare, by Tom DeMarco and Timothy Lister. You can buy it here.
1/12/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 13: Violence
All three of your Writing Excuses hosts include a measure of violence in their written work. So Brandon, Dan, and Howard decide to clear the air a little bit.
Why do we write about violence? What does it bring to a work of fiction, and what challenges does it pose? Is there a morally appropriate way to write about violence? How does it impact the theme of your work? Is there a difference between writing about violence and writing comedic mayhem?
Writing Prompt: Have some fun in the worst possible way. Write a scene that has an extremely violent sequence that glorifies the violence and then write a scene dealing with the consequences.
1/5/2009 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 12: Theme
For the first time in eleven episodes, we have a "normal" one. No special guests, no special locations, and no new format tricks. This episode grows out of Howard's ignorance - remember back in Episode 10 when Howard called "can of worms" on "theme?" Well, we open the can for this entire episode.
What is theme? Is it something the author must consciously include? Is it something the reader must successfully identify? How can writing to a particular theme help your work? How can it hurt? How can writers avoid thematic pitfalls? We discuss examples from other writers, and from our own work (especially Brandon's.)
This week's Writing Excuses is brought to you by Dave Farland's Novel-Writing Workshop.
Writing Prompt: Write a short story that has no theme. No deeper meaning. Nothin'.
12/29/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 11: Talking Publishing and Writing with Dave Wolverton
Dave Wolverton joins us for a third and final episode, and the Writing Excuses team pumps him for information before letting him escape. We find out why he uses two names (David Farland and Dave Wolverton), how to name characters, and why writers don't jump between genres much. Dave discusses the state of the genre-fiction publishing business, and prognosticates a bit on its future. As a special treat, Dave explains how he broke into the industry, so be the first to listen to that bit and get a leg up on everybody else with this proven (and slightly bloody) strategy.
Writing Prompt: Juan and Gregorio Watanabe are in medieval England--and they belong there. Explain why.
12/22/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 10: The Boring Parts
Dave Farland, aka Dave Wolverton again joins the Writing Excuses team, and helps us discuss boredom. Specifically, we cover how to deal with it, how to go about writing those "boring parts" that come between the exciting bits that fuel your writing passion.
We talk about skipping ahead, switching viewpoints, following the pain, and trying to do this in a first-person narrative. And for an episode that claims to be about the "boring parts" this one is fairly action-packed.
Finally.
Writing Prompt: Kill the main badguy in every chapter.
12/15/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 9: Romance, with Dave Wolverton
This week (and for the following two weeks) the Writing Excuses crew is joined by author Dave Wolverton, who also writes under the name David Farland. This week's topic? ROMANCE. What can four adult males possibly have to say about the subject? The answer: We tell you absolutely everything we know in just sixteen minutes and fifty-one seconds. And there was time left over in there to stick in an advertisement.
This week's Writing Excuses is brought to you by Rokit Fuel. That ad Howard recorded was powered in part by two bags of the stuff. They sent us samples, and we plowed through them like a tornado through a trailer park.
12/8/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 8: The Three Act Structure with Bob Defendi
With Brandon still mysteriously missing, Professor Bob Defendi returns to take Dan and Howard on a magical journey through the three-act format: every step, every element, every nuance of this very common and very helpful writing structure. The only way you could conceivably learn more is in a magic school bus, and frankly we don't think that's very likely.
This week’s episode is brought to you by Bob's podcast audiobook Death by Cliché, by Robert J. Defendi. No matter how hilarious you think this is going to be, it's actually more hilarious than that.
Writing Prompt: Plot out a three act structure for a current project or a new one.
12/1/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 7: Using Writing Formulas with Bob Defendi
Howard, Dan, and guest Bob Defendi open this episode with some high literary humor. Bob fills in for Brandon as we discuss formulas writers use in crafting stories. But how do we prevent those stories from feeling formulaic? Can the formulas themselves help? We discuss (at a high level) the three-act format, the hero's journey, the romance, the two-act format, try-fail cycles, and others.
This week's episode is brought to you by the podcast audiobook Death by Cliché, by Robert J. Defendi. We didn't plug it very hard in the episode itself, but oh, MAN you need to listen to it. Howard hasn't laughed that hard in a long time.
11/24/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 6: Endings
Episode 6, recorded live at Dragon's Keep opens with monkey noises and greeting-card pith, and ends with... well, we'll just let you listen. Is it a storybook ending? What IS a storybook ending? What is a whiz-bang ending? Is the ending the ending, or is the ending followed by a denouement? How important is a good ending?
Writing Prompt: Take whatever you're working on right now, look at the ending you have planned now and then come up with two other endings and write all three.
This week Writing Excuses is brought to you by Geek at Play Studio.
11/17/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 5: Writing Groups
So you've got a fantastic idea for a book or a short story, but where do you go from there? Who can give the incentive to write, the support to keep going when it gets hard, and the tough love to let you know when it sucks? The answer: a writing group.
Writing groups can be difficult to put together and manage, but when everything clicks the rewards can be invaluable. This week we discuss all the ins and outs of how to find fellow writers, organize your group, interpret their advice, and overcome the common pitfalls that might get in the way.
This week's Writing Excuses is brought to you by Fablehaven by Brandon Mull
11/11/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 4:View point, Plot Twists and Being a Part-Time Writer with Eric James Stone
Eric James Stone joins us for our final Mountain-Con episode. This Q&A covers writing part-time (and Dan disqualifies himself from answering this question in future episodes), setting deadlines for yourself, writing plot twists, and providing character description within that character's viewpoint.
11/3/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 3: Characters with Brandon Mull
No matter how grand your setting, how intense your conflicts, or how tight your plot, at some point you're going to need characters. Join us as we discuss what makes a character interesting, memorable, and unique. Once again, the team is joined by Brandon Mull of "Fablehaven" fame.
Brandon Mull’s website
This week Writing Excuses is brought to you by the Writing Excuses Season One Collection on CD.
10/27/2008 • 0
Writing Season 2 Episode 2: How to Write for Children with Brandon Mull
Kids these days with their long hair and their love of reading. It's like, get off my lawn, am I right? But in other news, kids (meaning anything from chapter books to mature YA) read a TON, and somebody has to write those books, and it might as well be you. Learn how to write for children with the Writing Excuses team and special guest star Brandon Mull, author of the wildly successful Fablehaven series.
Brandon Mull's website
This week Writing Excuses is brought to you by the Writing Excuses Season One Collection on CD.
10/20/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Bonus Episode 1: Live at the Mistborn 3 Release
We talk among ourselves about some episodes of this podcast being "crunchy" and others being "fluffy." "Crunchy" episodes are the ones where we have hard advice about writing. "Fluffy" episodes are the ones where we talk a little more philosophically about the profession.
This episode takes "fluffy" to a new, flufftastic level. Here are twenty minutes excerpted from almost sixty minutes we recorded in line at the Hero of Ages book release and signing event at the BYU Bookstore. It's almost like being there, complete with the people in line who have read more of Brandon's books than you have, and will spoil key points in them via t-shirts. We interview these people, and we also interview a few people who have dirty secrets about Brandon, but are unwilling to share them.
10/17/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Season 2 Episode 1: Q&A on Setting and Characters at Mountain Con with John Brown
You didn't think we'd just keep going with the same old stuff forever, did you? Well, actually we are, but now we're calling it Season 2. This season begins with a series of episodes recorded at Mountain Con in Layton, UT, each of them rife with wisdom and wonder.
This week Writing Excuses is brought to you by the Writing Excuses Season One Collection on CD.
10/13/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 35: Voice, Tone and Style
Everyone says you can't teach style--each writer just has to figure it out on his or her own. Well, we here at Writing Excuses have never met an ultimatum we didn't immediately challenge, so today we take it head on. Can you teach style? Can you learn tone? What makes each writer's voice unique?
10/6/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 34: What The Dark Knight Did Right
Like all right-thinking people, we loved The Dark Knight--but because we are also writers obsessed with the craft of storytelling, we liked it for very specific, very nerdy reasons. Join us as we take a journey through What The Dark Knight Did Right: strong characters, excellent dialogue, a layered plot that blended perfectly (and unexpectedly) with the central themes, and more.
9/29/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 33: Side Characters
Just as no burger is complete without its fries, no protagonist is complete without his sidekick, or his mother, or his entomologist, or whatever side character you decide to give him. This week we talk about why side characters are important, and how to do them well.
Liner Notes
Elantris Mad Prince Deleted Scenes
Dan's Bunny Book (AKA Blacker Darkness) (Word 2003 format)
9/22/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episodes 32: Talking Exposition with Patrick Rothfuss
In this, the last of our WorldCon 66 episodes, Brandon, Dan, and Howard interview Name of the Wind author Patrick Rothfuss. We discuss exposition, and how not to bore people as you move them through the learning curve. We start by covering some "don'ts" - including the essay, the police-artist sketch, and the thesis statement. And then we work into the "do's" - show-don't-tell, focus on character, and don't write stuff the readers don't care about. This week's Writing Excuses is brought to you by Schlock Mercenary: The Teraport Wars by Howard Tayler
9/15/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 31: Talking RPG and Game Writing with Steve Jackson
One of the biggest areas of professional creative writing these days is game writing, and who better to talk to about it than Steve Jackson--yes, THE Steve Jackson. We start off trying to talk about game adaptations, and the challenges they present for writers, but then we devolve into a more straightforward discussion of writing for games.
This week's Writing Excuses is brought to you by The Name of the Wind by Patrick Rothfuss.
9/8/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 30: Talking Revision with Moshe Feder
Last week we talked to an editor, this week we talk to OUR editor: Brandon's and Dan's editor at Tor, Moshe Feder. It's a great opportunity to learn more about how an author and editor work together to help make a book the best it can possibly be. We also talk a lot about revision in general, which is one of the least-liked but most important tasks in the writing process.
9/2/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 29: Talking Publishing with Lou Anders
So what exactly does an editor, do, anyway? We've already talked about the process of submitting to an editor; today we talk about the millions of vital things that happen after an editor says "I want to buy your book." Not only that, but we get to hear it all straight from the mouth of Lou Anders, the Hugo-nominated editor from Pyr Books, who this year alone helped create a Hugo-nominated book and two Campbell-nominated authors. In other words: when this man talks about editing, you listen.
Lou Anders
Pyr Books
8/25/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 28: Writing for Webcomics with Phil and Kaja Foglio
This is the first of five episodes recorded on location at WorldCon 66 in the Colorado Convention Center in Denver. Brandon, Dan, and Howard are joined by Phil and Kaja Foglio, and we discuss writing for webcomics... no, wait... writing for "sequential picture-assisted storytelling."
Phil and Kaja are the creators of Girl Genius, the web's foremost hunk' o' steampunk -- and we here at Writing Excuses are big fans. During our short time together they help us understand the nuances of creating Girl Genius pages, writing to the outline of the story, and crafting their dialog. The Foglios (and Howard) have a little bit of advice for folks looking to start their own webcomic, too.
(Mmmmm.... Grizzly Bear Soup!)
The Writing Excuses team sits down to talk about religion as a world-building device: your characters probably believe in something, so what is it? How does it affect their lives? How does it change their thoughts and motivations (and swear words)? And when you're developing a fake religion, how do you avoid religious bias and keep from offending people? Is it best to develop something completely new, or make a few changes to a real Earth religion?
8/11/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 26: Horror
What is horror? Why is it scary? HOW is it scary? Forced by their grandfather's will to spend an entire night in his spooky mansion, our podcasters gather to discuss the nuts and bolts of what horror is (and isn't) and how it works behind the scenes. Here's a hint: as with pretty much everything else in writing, the secret comes down to compelling conflicts with engaging characters. Be warned: Howard is going to say something scary, so don't listen to this podcast alone and/or in the dark.
This week's Writing Excuses is brought to you by something close to Dan's heart.
8/5/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 25: Viewpoint and Tense Part 2
We are pleased to present the second half of "Viewpoint and Tense," which, as we all know, is Tense. Part 1 was Viewpoint. It's not two podcasts that both talk about tense and viewpoint, it's two totally different podcasts that share a title for some reason. Why didn't we just do two separate podcasts, one on tense and one on viewpoint, instead of trying to connect them like this? Because, as we tell you every week, we're not that smart.
This week's Writing Excuses Book of the Week: Warbreaker, by some hack.
7/28/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 24: Research
How much research do you do? Howard's answer: "Just enough to get by." In this podcast we talk about why we research, how we research, and when we feel like we've researched enough. We also discuss hiding a lack of knowledge, and finding ways to get by without doing truly exhaustive research. Listen closely and you'll learn why you'll never be able to know enough, why the epic fantasy horse is a lot like a motorcycle, and whether or not one of us really needs therapy.
This week's Writing Excuses Book of the Week: Warbreaker, by Brandon Sanderson
7/21/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 23: Viewpoint
You've heard about viewpoint, but do you really know what it means? Discover along with Howard the magic world of person, tense, and omniscience, and how you can use them to tell your story. It's a short journey, as quests go, but we'll all learn a valuable lesson about writing--and about ourselves.*
*Heartfelt lessons about ourselves not guaranteed. Contents non-refundable.
7/15/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 22: Doing The Unpopular
As a writer it's sometimes difficult to decide between doing things the readers want, and things that are right for the story. But as Dan says, writers can get away with doing things to readers that readers would never do to themselves.
Beware! This podcast contains spoilers for The Lord of the Rings, Return of the Jedi, and Serenity (the statute of limitations should have passed on all of these) as well as for the current week of Schlock Mercenary.
This Week's Episode is brought to you by one of our favorite causes, "Buy Dan Bacon." Mmmm, bacon.
7/7/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 21: Humor
Enough of this highbrow literary crap--make with the funny! Or, if you're Howard, do both. In this this episode we talk about why to write humor, how to write humor, how to recognize humor in others, how to steal from learn from what they do, and, in the end, what makes things funny in the first place.
This week, Writing Excuses is sponsored by The Well of Ascension: Book Two of Mistborn Mass Market Paperback by Brandon Sanderson, which is good but really not all that funny.
6/30/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 20: More Q&A from Conduit
Writer Eric James Stone joins the Writing Excuses crew for our third Conduit installment. We tackle questions from the audience again (except for when Brandon throws a question AT the audience, which still had Mike Stackpole in it.)
Are plot twists necessary? How does the web change the market for writers? How do you make protagonists as interesting as the villains are? How much should you charge for your work?
We ran a little long on this one. "Fifteen minutes long, because you're in a hurry, and we can't count to fifteen without getting to eighteen first."
Liner Notes:
Eric's Website
Bob Defendi's Website
Anthology Builder
http://www.ralan.com/
This week's episode is sponsored by Hold on to Your Horses, by Sandra Tayler
6/23/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 19: Plot Twists
Michael Stackpole, author and podcaster, joined us at CONduit, and the four of us tackled plot twists in front of a live audience. Whether you write from a solid outline or discover your plot as you go, we've got tricks and tools for you. We talk about "surprising yet inevitable," the fine art of making our characters miserable, and the importance of foreshadowing (but not telegraphing) the twist.
Liner Notes:
Michael Stackpoles' official website, and the site where he hosts his podcasts.
6/16/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 18: Q&A at Conduit
While at CONduit, we recorded three episodes of Writing Excuses in front of an audience, and this is the first of those. In this episode we have Dan Willis join us as we take questions from the crowd. The four of us discuss voicing characters, naming things, writing Act II, and how you set about finishing your book.
Oh, and for all of you who have complained that fifteen minutes is not long enough... we ran clear out to 17:30 on this one. Enjoy!
Liner notes:
You can find Dan Willis' website here: http://www.dansrealm.com/Dans_Realm/Home/Home.html
Orson Scott Card's Essays on naming:
http://www.hatrack.com/writingclass/lessons/2003-03-05-1.shtml and http://www.hatrack.com/writingclass/lessons/2003-03-05-2.shtml
And this week, Writing Excuses is sponsored by The Well of Ascension: Book Two of Mistborn Mass Market Paperback by Brandon Sanderson.
6/9/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 17: This Sucks and I’m a Horrible Writer
The Writing Excuses crew tackles writer's block again, this time approaching the "This Sucks And I'm A Horrible Writer" mindset. Dan relates his Neil Gaiman anecdote, Brandon explains why he'd written so many books before getting published, and Howard throws down the gauntlet on neverending Chapter One revisions. If you're stuck because you think your current book sucks, this is the podcast for you.
This week from our sponsor Tor, check out Escapement by Jay Lake.
6/2/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 16: Butt In Chair, Hands On Keyboard
Howard kicks this off with his own sure-fire cure for Writers' Block, "BIC HOK:" Butt In Chair, Hands On Keyboard. The Writing Excuses team takes off from there, discussing the different kinds of Writers' Block, and how to overcome each of them. We cover free-writing, re-reading and reviewing, and focusing on your motivations for writing... and for NOT writing, which is often the heart of the problem.
This week from our sponsor Tor, check out Little Brother by Cory Doctorow.
5/26/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 15: Costs and Ramifications of Magic
This week the Writing Excuses team discusses magic again, this time focusing on the cost of magic. Whether or not your magic system has internally-consistent rules your readers can follow (per Sanderson's First Law and last week's 'cast) you need to consider the ramifications of using magic in the worlds you create. Or at least, that's what we think. Have a listen and find out why.
Also, this week Howard attempts to create "Tayler's First Law" using a donkey. It can't have gone too well, since by the end of the podcast he's willing to give the donkey away.
This week from our sponsor, Tor: Jack: Secret Histories , by F. Paul Wilson
5/19/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 14: Magic Systems and their Rules
Does magic need rules? Sometimes yes and sometimes no; our intrepid podcasters talk about how to know which situation is which, and explore the pros and cons of each method. We'll also yak for a while about the differences between Superman and Gandalf, which makes us, if nothing else, huge nerds.
Liner Notes:
Sanderson's first law
This week from our sponsor, Tor: The Science Fiction Hall of Fame, Volume Two B ,by Ben Bova (Editor)
5/12/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 13: Submitting to Editors Part 2
In part two of our chat with editor Stacy Whitman, we discuss more about how to interact with editors: how to approach them at cons, how to inquire about work you've already submitted, and how to butter them up by asking about their current projects. To cap it off, we ask Stacy about her current projects.
This week from our sponsor, Tor: The Wolfman , by Nicholas Pekearo
5/5/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 12: Submitting to Editors Part 1
This week, special guest Stacy Whitman joins us from Mirrorstone books (an imprint of Wizards of the Coast). Stacy works there as an editor, and helps us understand the submission process, including acting like a professional, doing your research, following submission guidelines, and all sorts of things NOT to do with your submissions. Stacy also shares her story about Holes, and how you have to know the rules to break them.
Liner Notes:
We've got a lot of links for you this week. First of all, Stacy keeps a blog on LiveJournal (slwhitman.livejournal.com), and she works for Mirrorstone, whose submission guidelines can be found here.
Mentioned in the podcast: Kristen Nelson's Blog (You Know You Have Tired YA When...), the Hallowmere series, and Hallowmere's author Tiffany Trent.
And this week from our sponsor Tor, Little Brother, by Cory Doctorow
4/28/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 11: The Business of Writing
So... you're ready for the big-time. You're a writer, and the writing is almost paying the bills. Hurray!
Now, how do you balance your life so that you can make the jump to writing full-time? How do you manage your time? How do you keep your artistic side from accusing you of selling out? The Writing Excuses Crew answers these questions and more, as we explore the business side of writing.
Also if you listen closely you'll hear Smart Howard somewhere in this podcast. We think he's like Howard's evil twin.
And this week from Tor, The SFWA European Hall of Fame
4/21/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 10: Pacing
Pacing... it's all about keeping the tension up, keeping things snappy, and keeping the reader interested. This week the Writing Excuses crew delivers some tips, tricks, and tools you can use to get your story flowing in all the right ways.
Also, on Sunday The Salt Lake Tribune posted an article about Podcasting in Utah. Jordan Sanderson and Howard Tayler were interviewed for this article. You can read it here. Writing Excuses, with quotes from Howard, is mentioned near the end of the article.
And this week from Tor, The Hidden World, by Paul Park
4/14/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 9: Sci-Fi Sub-Genre
This week we continue our discussion on Science Fiction with a discussion of various Sub-genres, why they're different, and what you can do to make sure you know your audience.
Sub-genres covered: Space Opera, Military, Hard SF, and Cyberpunk.
Sub-genres not covered: Dystopia, Steam-punk, and whatever it is Philip K. Dick writes.
Ad: Tor Book Of the Week Keeper Of Dreams
4/7/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 8: Sci-Fi Genre
In the first of our series on genres, we discuss why people write Sci-Fi, what you need to know to write Sci-Fi, and how much we all love unicorns.
3/31/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Bonus Episode 2: Rules of Writing Excuses
If you're new to Writing Excuses, or if you're just curious about some of the terminology we use, let us break it down for you. These are the rules/tricks that we use to keep ourselves on task.
3/24/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 7: Villains
Are flaws necessary for villains? What traits make for a really good (err... evil?) villain? What's the difference between Sauron and Gollum? ("That's the LAST time I send you out shopping for Gollums, son...")
Liner Notes: The Evil Overlord List, a handy reference for tropes to avoid (or, as the case may be, exploit...)
3/24/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 6: Flaws vs Handicaps
Is there a difference between the two? How do you use each appropriately in your writing? And how lovable can a group of mercenaries be?
3/17/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Bonus Episode 1: Remembering Gary Gygax
Brandon, Howard and Dan talk about their first exposure to RPG games, Gary Gygax and the influence he had on them and the industry.
3/10/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 5: Heroes and Protagonists
What makes a good hero? Why is Dirk Pitt so cool? Why do people like Superman? And why does Howard-with-a-chest-cold start to sound like Barry White? Some of these questions are answered in this episode while others are better left unexplained.
LINER NOTES:
Howard repeatedly invoked John August's blog post about heroes, protagonists, and main characters. Here it is.
3/10/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 4: Beginnings
The first line of any story is the most important.
People get drawn in to a book because of the first line.
Brandon, Howard and Dan talk about how to start a book and what's important about the first line.
3/3/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 3: Killing your Darlings
How do you make your novel better? Sometimes you have to cut out the part you like best. Don't believe me? Before I posted this I had attached an image of a chimp wearing a tux.
Brandon's Deleted Scenes
Howard's Original Time-Travel Outline
2/25/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 2: Blending the Familiar and the Original
How do you know when your setting of high school kids solve supernatural mysteries becomes cliché? Brandon, Howard and Dan discuss how you create unique concepts by blending familiar topics with something new and original and how to avoid possible pitfalls.
2/18/2008 • 0
Writing Excuses Episode 1: Brainstorming
Brandon, Howard and Dan discuss where their ideas come from and Howard tells us a little too much about his love of Pepsi.
wikidPad Home Page